default.nix: drop rb_setenv for BANDB_PATH

Fixes: "bandb - bandb failure: Unable to open sqlite database: unable to open database file"

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-name: CI
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches: 
-      - main
-    paths-ignore:
-      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
-      - 'CREDITS'
-      - 'LICENSE'
-      - 'NEWS.md'
-      - 'README.md'
-  pull_request:
-    branches:
-      - main
-    paths-ignore:
-      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
-      - 'CREDITS'
-      - 'LICENSE'
-      - 'NEWS.md'
-      - 'README.md'
-
-jobs:
-  linux:
-    name: Linux
-
-    runs-on: ${{ matrix.os }}
-
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        include:
-          # Debian 10 Buster
-          - os: ubuntu-20.04
-            compiler: gcc-8
-          - os: ubuntu-20.04
-            compiler: clang-7
-          # Ubuntu 20.04 Focal
-          - os: ubuntu-20.04
-            compiler: gcc-9
-          - os: ubuntu-20.04
-            compiler: clang-10
-          # Debian 11 Bullseye
-          - os: ubuntu-22.04
-            compiler: gcc-10
-          - os: ubuntu-22.04
-            compiler: clang-11
-          # Ubuntu 22.04 Jammy
-          - os: ubuntu-22.04
-            compiler: gcc-11
-          - os: ubuntu-22.04
-            compiler: clang-14
-          # next
-          - os: ubuntu-22.04
-            compiler: gcc-12
-
-    env:
-      CC: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
-
-    steps:
-    - name: Install dependencies
-      run: |
-        sudo apt-get update
-        sudo apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends \
-          ${CC} \
-          automake \
-          autoconf \
-          libtool \
-          libsqlite3-dev \
-          libhyperscan-dev \
-          # EOF
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-    - name: autogen.sh
-      run: bash autogen.sh
-    - name: configure
-      run: CFLAGS="-Werror -Wno-unused-value -Wno-unused-parameter" ./configure --enable-assert=hard --enable-warnings
-    - name: make
-      run: make -j2
-    - name: make check
-      run: make check
-    - name: make install
-      run: make install

.github/workflows/docs.yaml

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-name: Oper Guide
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-      - main
-    paths:
-      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
-  pull_request:
-    branches:
-      - main
-    paths:
-      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
-      
-jobs:
-  build:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Install dependencies
-        run: |
-          sudo apt-get update
-          sudo apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends \
-            python-sphinx \
-            texinfo \
-            # EOF
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      - name: Build
-        run: make -C doc/oper-guide html man info

.gitignore

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 tags
 Makefile
 *~
-*.a
 *.o
 *.so
 *.lo
@@ -10,71 +9,31 @@ Makefile
 *.log
 *.sw?
 .deps
-.dirstamp
 .libs
-authd/authd
-bandb/bandb
-bandb/solanum-bantool
 autom4te.cache
-aclocal.m4
-compile
-confdefs.h
-config.guess
-config.sub
-depcomp
-ltmain.sh
-missing
+bandb/bandb
+bandb/bantool
 config.log
 config.status
-configure
-stamp-h1
-libltdl/
-librb/configure
-librb/compile
-librb/depcomp
-librb/aclocal.m4
-librb/include/librb_config.h
-librb/include/librb_config.h.in
-librb/include/librb-config.h
-librb/include/serno.h
-librb/librb.pc
-librb/ltmain.sh
-librb/missing
-librb/libratbox.pc
-librb/libtool
-librb/src/version.c
-librb/src/version.c.last
-scripts/*.tar.bz2
-scripts/*.tar.gz
 include/setup.h
-include/setup.h.in
-ircd/solanum
-ircd/ircd_parser.c
-ircd/ircd_parser.h
-ircd/ircd_lexer.c
-ircd/version.c
-ircd/version.c.last
+libratbox/include/libratbox_config.h
+libratbox/include/librb-config.h
+libratbox/include/stamp-h1
+libratbox/libratbox.pc
+libratbox/libtool
+libratbox/src/version.c
+libratbox/src/version.c.last
+scripts/*.tbz2
+scripts/*.tgz
+servlink/servlink
+src/ircd
+src/lex.yy.c
+src/version.c
+src/version.c.last
+src/y.tab.h
+src/y.tab.c
 ssld/ssld
-wsockd/wsockd
-testsuite/ircd.pid.*
-tools/solanum-mkpasswd
-tools/solanum-mkfingerprint
 tools/genssl
 tools/mkpasswd
 tools/viconf
 include/serno.h
-ircd/solanum
-ircd/version.c
-ircd/version.c.last
-/libtool
-Makefile.in
-m4/argz.m4
-m4/libtool.m4
-m4/ltargz.m4
-m4/ltdl.m4
-m4/ltoptions.m4
-m4/ltsugar.m4
-m4/ltversion.m4
-m4/lt~obsolete.m4
-*.dSYM/
-*.exe

.indent.pro

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* $Id: .indent.pro 238 2005-09-21 05:26:03Z nenolod $ */
+
+/* copy this file to the source dir then run indent file.c */
+
+--gnu-style
+
+/* This is the indent before the brace not inside the block. */
+--brace-indent0
+
+/* Indent case: by 2 and braces inside case by 0(then by 0)... */
+--case-brace-indentation0
+--case-indentation2
+
+--indent-level8
+
+/* Put while() on the brace from do... */
+--cuddle-do-while
+
+/* Disable an annoying format... */
+--no-space-after-function-call-names
+
+/* Disable an annoying format... */
+--dont-break-procedure-type
+
+/* Disable an annoying format... */
+--no-space-after-casts
+
+--line-length200
+
+/* typedefs */
+-T boolean_t
+-T node_t
+-T list_t
+-T tld_t
+-T kline_t
+-T EVH
+-T sra_t
+-T server_t
+-T user_t
+-T channel_t
+-T chanuser_t
+-T myuser_t
+-T mychan_t
+-T chanacs_t
+-T CONFIGENTRY
+-T CONFIGFILE
+-T Block
+-T MemBlock
+-T BlockHeap

.mailmap

@@ -1,14 +1,9 @@
 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> androsyn <devnull@localhost>
 Alexander Færøy <ahf@0x90.dk> Alexander F?r?y <ahf@0x90.dk>
-Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org> <nenolod@atheme.org>
-Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org> <nenolod@dereferenced.org>
-Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org> nenolod <devnull@localhost>
 Brett Greenham <taros@shadowircd.net> B.Greenham <taros@shadowircd.net>
 Chris Mills <chris@chrisam.net> TheChrisAM <chris@chrisam.net>
 Chris Mills <chris@chrisam.net> freenode!ChrisAM <chris@chrisam.net>
-Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me> <elizabeth@sporksirc.net>
-Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me> <elizabeth@sporksmoo.net>
-Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me> <spaz@whotookspaz.org>
+Elizabeth Jennifer Myers <elizabeth@sporksmoo.net> <elizabeth@sporksirc.net>
 Elly Fong-Jones <elly@leptoquark.net> Elly <elly@leptoquark.net>
 Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl> jilles <devnull@localhost>
 Nathan Phillip Brink <binki@gentoo.org> <ohnobinki@ohnopublishing.net>
@@ -18,5 +13,5 @@ Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <darkwire@darkwire.ru>
 Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <darkwire@ircd-charybdis.ru>
 Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <darkwire@sellcenter.ru>
 Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <dwr@it-penza.org>
-Christine Dodrill <shadow.h511@gmail.com> <quora@lavabit.com>
-Christine Dodrill <shadow.h511@gmail.com> <quorawings@gmail.com>
+William Pitcock <nenolod@dereferenced.org> <nenolod@atheme.org>
+William Pitcock <nenolod@dereferenced.org> nenolod <devnull@localhost>

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Travis-CI Build for charybdis-3.5
+# see travis-ci.org for details
+
+language: c
+
+# Use the faster container-based infrastructure.
+sudo: false
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - os: linux
+      compiler: gcc
+      addons:
+        apt:
+          sources: ['ubuntu-toolchain-r-test']
+          packages: ['gcc-4.8', 'automake', 'autoconf', 'libtool', 'shtool', 'libsqlite3-dev', 'python-sphinx', 'texinfo']
+      env: COMPILER=gcc-4.8
+
+    - os: linux
+      compiler: gcc
+      addons:
+        apt:
+          sources: ['ubuntu-toolchain-r-test']
+          packages: ['gcc-4.9', 'automake', 'autoconf', 'libtool', 'shtool', 'libsqlite3-dev', 'python-sphinx', 'texinfo']
+      env: COMPILER=gcc-4.9
+
+    - os: linux
+      compiler: gcc
+      addons:
+        apt:
+          sources: ['ubuntu-toolchain-r-test']
+          packages: ['gcc-5', 'automake', 'autoconf', 'libtool', 'shtool', 'libsqlite3-dev', 'python-sphinx', 'texinfo']
+      env: COMPILER=gcc-5
+
+    - os: linux
+      compiler: clang
+      addons:
+        apt:
+          sources: ['ubuntu-toolchain-r-test', 'llvm-toolchain-precise-3.7']
+          packages: ['clang-3.7', 'automake', 'autoconf', 'libtool', 'shtool', 'libsqlite3-dev', 'python-sphinx', 'texinfo']
+      env: COMPILER=clang-3.7
+
+    - os: osx
+      compiler: clang
+      env: COMPILER=clang LIBTOOLIZE=glibtoolize
+
+
+osx_image: xcode7.3
+
+cache:
+  apt:
+  ccache:
+
+script:
+  - CC=$COMPILER ./configure --with-shared-sqlite
+  - make -j4
+  - make install
+  - "if [ ${TRAVIS_OS_NAME} != 'osx' ]; then make -C doc/oper-guide html man info; fi"

CREDITS

@@ -1,28 +1,40 @@
-Solanum is based on Charybdis, which was based on ircd-ratbox.
-
-Development is led by a group of representatives from Libera Chat
-and OFTC:
-
-amdj, Aaron Jones <amdj@libera.chat>
-dwfreed, Doug Freed <dwfreed@mtu.edu>
-ilbelkyr, Nicole Kleinhoff <ilbelkyr@libera.chat>
-mcintosh, Richie McIntosh <richiemcintosh@gmail.com>
-Myon, Christoph Berg <myon@oftc.net>
-spb, Stephen Bennet <spb@libera.chat>
-tomaw, Tom Wesley <tom@tomaw.net>
-
-The Charybdis team was:
-
+Charybdis started as an evolution from ircd-ratbox. Its development
+is led by a team of dedicated developers who have put a lot of time
+into the project, and it has seen use on a variety of different
+network configurations.
+ 
+The Charybdis core team, listed in nick-alphabetical order:
+ 
 amdj, Aaron Jones <aaronmdjones -at- gmail.com>
-Ariadne, Ariadne Conill <ariadne -at- dereferenced.org>
 Elizafox, Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth -at- interlinked.me>
-jdhore, JD Horelick <jdhore1 -at- gmail.com>
 jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
+kaniini, William Pitcock <nenolod -at- dereferenced.org>
 mr_flea, Keith Buck <mr_flea -at- esper.net>
+Simon, Simon Arlott <charybdis -at- uuid.uk>
+ 
+The following people are also project members, listed in nick-alphabetical
+order:
+ 
+grawity, Mantas Mikulėnas <grawity -at- gmail.com>
+jdhore, JD Horelick <jdhore1 -at- gmail.com>
 viatsko, Valerii Iatsko <dwr -at- codingbox.io>
+ 
+The following people have made contributions to the Charybdis releases,
+in nick-alphabetical order:
+ 
+AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
+anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+beu, Elfyn McBratney <elfyn.mcbratney -at- gmail.com>
+dwr, Valery Yatsko <dwr -at- shadowircd.net> 
+Elizacat, Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth -at- interlinked.me>
+Entrope, Michael Poole <mdpoole -at- trolius.org> 
+gxti, Michael Tharp <gxti -at- partiallystapled.com>
+mniip <mniip -at- mniip.com>
+spb, Stephen Bennett <spb -at- attenuate.org>
+Taros, Brett Greenham <taros -at- shadowircd.net>
+ThaPrince, Jon Christopherson <jon -at- vile.com>
+twincest, River Tarnell <river -at- attenuate.org>
+w00t, Robin Burchell <surreal.w00t -at- gmail.com>
 
-A full list of contributors to Charybdis and its predecessors
-is in doc/credits-past.txt.
-
-Visit the Solanum website at: https://solanum.chat/
-Visit us on IRC at: irc.libera.chat #solanum
+Visit the Charybdis website at: http://www.charybdis.io/
+Visit us on IRC at: irc.charybdis.io #charybdis

GIT-Access

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The Charybdis GIT repository can be checked out using the following command:
+	git clone git://github.com/charybdis-ircd/charybdis.git charybdis-devel
+
+Charybdis's GIT repository depot can be browsed over the internet at 
+the following address:
+	http://github.com/charybdis-ircd/charybdis

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+                           Charybdis INSTALL Document
+
+   $Id: INSTALL 3384 2007-04-03 22:45:04Z jilles $
+
+   Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team
+   Copyright (c) 2002-2004 ircd-ratbox development team
+   Copyright (c) 2005-2008 charybdis development team
+
+     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                  HOW TO BUILD
+
+   As of hybrid-4, the distribution uses GNU autoconf instead of the old
+   Config script. The Makefile has also been updated to include CFLAGS
+   defines for popular modern OSes.
+
+   1. 
+
+       Read the NEWS file to find out about the exciting new features in
+       this version. Other good reads are BUGS, doc/ircd.conf.example, and
+       README.FIRST.
+
+   2. 
+
+       Run the configure script. It will create include/setup.h and the
+       Makefiles to match your system. In ircd-ratbox, the paths are now handled
+       with the --prefix option to configure, not in config.h.
+       /usr/local/ircd is the default if no prefix is specified.
+
+       ./configure --prefix="/usr/local/ircd"
+
+         Note: There are some special optional parameters to the configure
+         script that some admins may wish to use.
+
+          * 
+
+            --enable-kqueue - Use the superior kqueue(2) system call as
+            opposed to the default poll(2). This is currently only available
+            on FreeBSD 4.1 or higher.
+
+          * 
+
+            --enable-devpoll - Enable the superior /dev/poll support on
+            Solaris. Linux /dev/poll is broken and will not work with this
+            option.
+
+          * 
+
+            --enable-epoll - Enable the superior Linux Edge-Triggered Polling
+            system. This is currently only available on 2.5 Linux kernel
+            versions or later.
+
+          * 
+
+            --enable-openssl - Enable the openssl dependent crypto functions.
+            This will allow CHALLENGE to work and encrypted links. On systems
+            where the configure script can automatically detect OpenSSL, this
+            option is not necessary. If configure cannot find OpenSSL, you
+            must specify a path with this option
+            (--enable-openssl=/path/to/openssl)
+
+          * 
+
+            --enable-ipv6 - Enable IPv6 support.
+
+          * 
+
+            --enable-assert[=OPTION] - Enable some debugging code. OPTION is
+            either 'soft' or 'hard' (default: hard). 'hard' should never be
+            used on production servers as it may generate unnecessary cores.
+            'soft' prevents cores from being generated but still imposes some
+            additional load.
+
+          * 
+
+            --enable-small-net - Tunes the server for smaller networks by
+            reducing the startup memory footprint. This should really only be
+            used for *small* networks, as this tends to be a performance hit
+            on larger networks.
+
+          * 
+
+            --with-nicklen=LENGTH - Sets the maximum NICK length. Note that
+            this must be consistent across your entire network.
+   3. 
+
+       make should build ircd.
+
+   4. 
+
+       make install will install the server, modules, and tools in the
+       the prefix specified when configure was run.
+
+   5. 
+
+       If you wish to enable the user log, oper log, and failed oper log,
+       issue these commands at the shell prompt (in the prefix directory)
+
+ $ touch logs/userlog
+ $ touch logs/operlog
+ $ touch logs/foperlog
+
+         Note: If you use different names in ircd.conf, you must 'touch' the
+         specific names.
+
+     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                HOW TO GET HELP
+
+   Send Check or Money Order to... just kidding! You're on your own for
+   support. Try asking other ircd-ratbox admins on EFnet if you can't fix it
+   yourself. If you do fix anything, however, please send context or unified
+   diffs to ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org so the fixes can be incorporated into
+   the next release of ircd-hybrid. If ratbox crashes on you, PLEASE contact
+   ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org ASAP with a backtrace of the core.
+
+   DISCUSSION: There is a mailing list for discussion of ratbox issues,
+    To subscribe, visit:
+       http://lists.ratbox.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/ircd-ratbox
+       
+     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                     NOTES
+
+   The best way to get a backtrace of the core is to follow this sequence of
+   instructions:
+
+   1. 
+
+       Change to the directory containing the core file
+
+   2. 
+
+       Run gdb on the binary and the core file. With an unmodified ircd-ratbox
+       installation, an example command line is below (in the /usr/local/ircd
+       directory)
+
+ $ gdb bin/ircd ircd.core
+
+   3. 
+
+       At the "(gdb)" prompt, enter the command "bt"
+
+   4. 
+
+       Save the output of the backtrace command and send it to
+       ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org
+
+   5. 
+
+       Be sure to save the ircd binary, the modules, and the core file in a
+       safe place in case the developers need to look deeper than a backtrace
+       provides.
+
+     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                 OPENSSL NOTES
+
+   Older FreeBSD machines sometimes have the obsolete ports version of
+   OpenSSL libcrypto in /usr/local/lib. When configure is used with
+   --enable-openssl, and libintl is detected in /usr/local/lib, the
+   /usr/local/lib directory will be searched BEFORE the system /usr/lib for
+   libraries by the linker. The linker may try to link to the old
+   /usr/local/lib libcrypto instead of the system /usr/lib libcrypto. Some
+   older versions may cause error messages similar to the following:
+
+ gcc -g -O2 -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"/home/wcampbel/ircd\" -Wl,-export-dynamic
+ -L/usr/local/lib -o ircd blalloc.o channel.o vchannel.o class.o client.o
+ dline_conf.o event.o fdlist.o fileio.o hash.o irc_string.o ircd.o ircdauth.o
+ ircd_signal.o linebuf.o list.o listener.o m_error.o match.o memdebug.o
+ modules.o motd.o mtrie_conf.o oldparse.o numeric.o packet.o parse.o res.o rsa.o
+ restart.o s_auth.o s_bsd.o s_bsd_kqueue.o s_conf.o s_debug.o s_gline.o s_log.o
+ s_misc.o s_serv.o s_stats.o s_user.o scache.o send.o sprintf_irc.o tools.o
+ whowas.o lex.yy.o y.tab.o version.o -lintl -ldescrypt  -lcrypto -lfl
+ rsa.o: In function `get_randomness':
+ /home/wcampbel/dev/ircd-ratbox/src/rsa.c(.text+0x60): undefined reference to
+ `RAND_pseudo_bytes'
+ /usr/local/lib/libcrypto.so: undefined reference to `ERR_load_RSAREF_strings'
+ /usr/local/lib/libcrypto.so: undefined reference to `RSA_PKCS1_RSAref'
+ *** Error code 1
+
+   If this is the case, you may need to rerun configure without the
+   --enable-openssl option, manually edit src/Makefile and modules/Makefile
+   to put -L/usr/lib before the -L/usr/local/lib in LDFLAGS, or remove the
+   old OpenSSL from /usr/local, and recompile all applications that use
+   libcrypto to use the system one.

LICENSE

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+# $Id: LICENSE 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
 		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 

Makefile.am

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign
-ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
-
-SUBDIRS = librb
-
-if BUILD_LTDL
-SUBDIRS += libltdl
-endif
-
-SUBDIRS += ircd \
-           ssld \
-           wsockd \
-           authd \
-           bandb \
-           tests \
-           tools \
-           modules \
-           extensions \
-           help \
-           doc
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = include/serno.h
-
-include/serno.h:
-	@if [ -d .git ]; then \
-		revh=`git log -1 --date=format:%Y%m%d --pretty=format:%cd-%h`; \
-		datecode=`git log -1 --pretty=format:%ct`; \
-		if [ -n "$$revh" ]; then \
-			echo '#define SERNO "'$$revh'"' >include/serno.h ; \
-			echo "#define DATECODE $${datecode}UL" >>include/serno.h; \
-		fi \
-	fi
-	@if [ ! -f include/serno.h ]; then \
-		echo '#define SERNO "unknown"' >include/serno.h; \
-		echo '#define DATECODE 0UL' >>include/serno.h; \
-	fi
-
-install-data-hook:
-	test -d ${DESTDIR}${logdir} || mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${logdir}
-
-install-exec-hook:
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${libdir}/*.la
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/*.la
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/autoload/*.la
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/extensions/*.la
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${libdir}/*.dll.a
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/*.dll.a
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/autoload/*.dll.a
-	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/extensions/*.dll.a
-
-distclean-local:
-	rm -f librb/include/librb-config.h
-
-clean-local:
-	rm -f include/serno.h
-	rm -f ircd/ircd_lexer.c
-	rm -f ircd/ircd_parser.c
-	rm -f ircd/ircd_parser.h
-	rm -f ircd/version.c
-	rm -f ircd/version.c.last

Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#************************************************************************
+#*   IRC - Internet Relay Chat, Makefile
+#*   Copyright (C) 1990, Jarkko Oikarinen
+#*
+#*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+#*   any later version.
+#*
+#*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#*   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#*
+#*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#*   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#*   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#*
+#*   $Id: Makefile.in 1347 2006-05-17 14:49:13Z nenolod $
+#*/
+
+RM=@RM@
+prefix		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
+bindir		= @bindir@
+mandir		= @mandir@
+libdir          = @libdir@
+pkglibdir       = @pkglibdir@
+moduledir	= @moduledir@
+helpdir		= @helpdir@
+sysconfdir	= @sysconfdir@
+logdir		= @logdir@
+rundir		= @rundir@
+pkgrundir	= @pkgrundir@
+localstatedir	= @localstatedir@
+pkglocalstatedir= @pkglocalstatedir@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME	= @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+
+# Default CFLAGS
+# CFLAGS = -g -O2 -DNDEBUG
+CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@
+# Developers CFLAGS
+#CFLAGS= -g -O2 -Wunused -Wall -ggdb -pedantic -Wshadow -Wmissing-declarations
+
+# Default make flags - you may want to uncomment this on a multicpu machine
+#MFLAGS = -j 4
+
+#
+# For developers
+#CFLAGS= -g -O2 -Wall
+
+# You may need to define the FD_SETSIZE in order to overrule
+# the system one.
+#CFLAGS= -DNDEBUG -g -O2 -D"FD_SETSIZE=1024"
+SHELL=/bin/sh
+# `extensions' must be after `modules' for proper creation of $(moduledir).
+SUBDIRS=libratbox modules extensions src tools ssld bandb doc help
+CLEANDIRS = ${SUBDIRS}
+RSA_FILES=rsa_respond/README rsa_respond/respond.c rsa_respond/Makefile
+
+all:	build
+
+
+autoconf: configure.ac
+	autoconf
+	autoheader
+	${RM} -f config.cache
+
+build:
+	-@if [ ! -f include/setup.h ] ; then \
+		echo "Hmm...doesn't look like you've run configure..."; \
+		echo "Doing so now."; \
+		sh configure; \
+	fi
+	@if [ -d .git ] ; then \
+		revh=`git log -1 --date=short --pretty=format:%cd_%h 2>/dev/null | sed -e s/-//g -e s/_/-/`;\
+		[ -z "$$revh" ] || echo '#define SERNO "'$$revh'"' >include/serno.h ; \
+	elif [ -d .hg ] ; then \
+		revh=`hg parents --template '{date|shortdate}_{node|short}' 2>/dev/null | sed -e s/-//g -e s/_/-/`;\
+		[ -z "$$revh" ] || echo '#define SERNO "'$$revh'"' >include/serno.h ; \
+	fi
+	@[ -f include/serno.h ] || echo '#define SERNO "unknown"' >include/serno.h
+	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+		echo "build ==> $$i";\
+		cd $$i;\
+		${MAKE} || exit; cd ..;\
+	done
+
+clean:
+	${RM} -f *~ core rsa_respond.tar rsa_respond.tar.gz
+	@for i in $(CLEANDIRS); do \
+		echo "clean ==> $$i";\
+		cd $$i;\
+		${MAKE} clean; cd ..;\
+	done
+	-@if [ -f include/setup.h ] ; then \
+	echo "To really restart installation, make distclean" ; \
+	fi
+
+distclean:
+	${RM} -f Makefile *~ *.rej *.orig core ircd.core
+	${RM} -f config.status config.cache config.log
+	cd include; ${RM} -f setup.h *~ *.rej *.orig ; cd ..
+	@for i in $(CLEANDIRS); do \
+		echo "distclean ==> $$i";\
+		cd $$i;\
+		${MAKE} distclean; cd ..;\
+	done
+
+depend:
+	@[ -f include/serno.h ] || echo '#define SERNO "unknown"' >include/serno.h
+	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+		echo "depend ==> $$i";\
+		cd $$i;\
+		${MAKE} depend; cd ..;\
+	done
+
+lint:
+	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+		echo "lint ==> $$i";\
+		cd $$i;\
+		${MAKE} lint; cd ..;\
+	done
+
+install-mkdirs:
+	@echo "ircd: setting up ircd directory structure"
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix); then \
+		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(prefix); \
+	fi
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(bindir); then \
+		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(bindir); \
+	fi
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); then \
+		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
+	fi
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); then \
+		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); \
+	fi
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(logdir); then \
+		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(logdir); \
+	fi
+	-@if test ! -d '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgrundir)'; then \
+		mkdir -p -m 755 '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgrundir)'; \
+	fi
+	-@if test ! -d '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglocalstatedir)'; then \
+		mkdir -p -m 755 '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglocalstatedir)'; \
+	fi
+
+install: install-mkdirs all
+	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+		echo "install ==> $$i";\
+		cd $$i;\
+		${MAKE} install; \
+		cd ..; \
+	done
+
+rsa_respond:
+	@cd tools;\
+	echo "Creating rsa_respond.tar.gz";\
+	tar cf ../rsa_respond.tar $(RSA_FILES);\
+	cd ..;\
+	gzip rsa_respond.tar

NEWS.md

@@ -1,202 +1,112 @@
 # News
 
-This is solanum 1.0-dev.
+This is charybdis 3.5.7, Copyright (c) 2005-2019 Charybdis team.
 See LICENSE for licensing details (GPL v2).
 
-## solanum-1.0
+## charybdis-3.5.7
 
-Includes changes from charybdis-4.1.3-dev.
-
-**This release includes breaking changes from charybdis 4.x.** Please pay close attention to
-bolded warnings in the full release notes below.
-
-### build
-- Add `--with-asan` to configure to produce an ASan instrumented build
-
-### server protocol
-- **Breaking:** Don't implicitly abort SASL when connection registration handshake completes;
-  requires updating atheme to include https://github.com/atheme/atheme/pull/833.
-- OPER is now propagated globally, as :operator OPER opername privset
+This is primarily a bugfix release.
 
 ### user
-- **Breaking:** invite-notify is now enabled by loading the invite-notify extension
-- Prioritise older, more important client capabilities for clients that can only accept
-  one line of CAP LS
-- Add the solanum.chat/realhost vendor capability (provided by extensions/cap\_realhost)
-- Add the solanum.chat/identify-msg vendor capability (provided by extensions/identify\_msg)
-- Server-side aliases preserve protocol framing characters
-- Add the +G user mode for soft callerid (implicitly allow users with a common channel)
-- /invite no longer punches through callerid
-- invite-notify now works
-- Rejectcached users are now sent the reason of the ban that caused their reject in most cases
-- Rejectcache entries expire when their corresponding K-lines do
-- One-argument /stats and zero-argument /motd are no longer ratelimited
-- Channel bans don't see through IP spoofs
-- Global /names now respects userhost-in-names
-- The `$j` extban is no longer usable inside ban exceptions
-- TLSv1 connections are accepted. They can still be disabled using OpenSSL config if you don't
-  want them. TLSv1 existing is not thought to be a threat to up-to-date clients.
-
-### oper
-- **Breaking:** Kick immunity for override is now its own extension, override\_kick\_immunity
-- **Breaking:** /stats A output now follows the same format as other stats letters
-- **Breaking:** helpops now uses +h instead of +H
-- **Breaking:** sno\_whois and the spy\_ extensions have been removed
-- **Breaking:** Using /wallops now requires the oper:wallops privilege instead of oper:massnotice
-- Opers now have their privset (identified by name) on remote servers
-- Oper-only umodes are refreshed after rehash and /grant
-- Extension modules can be reloaded
-- Override no longer spams about being enabled/disabled. It continues to spam on each use.
-- Add /testkline, which has the same syntax as /testline but doesn't check if the mask is ilined
-- /privs is now remote-capable and can respond with more than one line
-- Most commands now respect oper hiding
-- Massnotice (notice/privmsg to $$.../$#...) now alerts opers
-- Massnotice no longer imposes any restrictions on the target mask
-- /kline and /dline are hardened to invalid inputs
-- K/D-lines are more consistent about checking for encoded ipv4-in-ipv6 addresses
-- Add extensions/drain to reject new connections
-- Add extensions/filter to filter messages, parts and quits with a Hyperscan database
-- Add extensions/sasl\_usercloak to interpolate SASL account names into I-line spoofs
-
-### conf
-- **Breaking:** Completely overhaul oper privs. All privset configs will need to be rewritten.
-  See reference.conf for details.
-- Add the `kline_spoof_ip` I-line flag to make any spoof opaque to K-line matching
-- Add general::hide\_tkline\_duration to remove durations from user-visible ban reasons
-- Add general::hide\_opers, which behaves as if all opers have oper:hidden
-- Add general::post\_registration\_delay
-- Add general::tls\_ciphers\_oper\_only to hide TLS cipher details in /whois
-- Add channel::opmod\_send\_statusmsg to send messages allowed by +z to @#channel
-- Add class::max\_autoconn, with the behaviour of class::max\_number for servers prior to
-  charybdis 4
-- Add `secure {}` blocks. Networks listed in a secure block gain +Z and can match `need_ssl` I-
-  and O-lines.
-- Remove general::kline\_delay
-- If m\_webirc is loaded, connections that try to use a webirc auth block as their I-line will
-  be disconnected on registration
+- modules/m_sasl.c: don't process messages if SASL has been aborted
+- src/s_user.c: don't corrupt usermodes on module unload/reload
 
 ### misc
-- **Breaking:** WEBIRC now processes the "secure" option as specified by IRCv3. Web gateways that
-  do not set this option will need to be updated or their connections will show as insecure.
-- Successfully changing IP with WEBIRC now drops an identd username
+- modules/m_list.c: add fake /LIST reply output to help fight spambots
 
-### code
-- Channel lists are now kept sorted. A for-loop macro, `ITER_COMM_CHANNELS`, is introduced to
-  efficiently compare two such lists.
+## charybdis-3.5.6
 
-
-## charybdis-4.1.2
-
-### user
-- src/s\_user.c: don't corrupt usermodes on module unload/reload
-
-## charybdis-4.1.1
+This is primarily a bugfix release.
 
 ### security
-- Fix an issue with the PASS command and duplicate server instances.
-
-### misc
-- Fix connection hang with blacklist/opm when ident is disabled.
-- Improve SASL CAP notification when the services server disconnects.
-- MbedTLS: Support ChaCha20-Poly1305 in default cipher suites.
-
-## charybdis-4.1
-
-### misc
-- SCTP is now supported for server connections (and optionally, user connections)
-
-## charybdis-4.0.1
-
-### server protocol
-- SJOIN messages were being constructed in a 1024 byte buffer and truncated to 512 bytes
-  when sending. This caused channels with more than 50 users to fail to propagate all of
-  them during a net join.
-
-## charybdis-4.0
-
-### build
-- Build system has been converted to libtool + automake for sanity reasons.
-- The compile date is now set at configure time rather than build time, allowing for
-  reproducible builds. (#148, #149)
-- Support for GNUTLS 3.4 has been added.
+- doc/reference.conf: clarify: TLS server fingerprints are not optional
+- extensions/extb_ssl.c: add support for matching fingerprints
+- libratbox/src/mbedtls.c: check public/private keys match
+- libratbox/src/mbedtls.c: support ChaCha20-Poly1305 by default
 
 ### user
-- Import the ability to exceed MAXCHANNELS from ircd-seven.
-- Implement IRCv3.2 enhanced capability negotiation (`CAP LS 302`).
-- Implement support for receiving and sending IRCv3 message tags.
-- Implement IRCv3.2 capabilities: (#141)
-  - account-tag
-  - echo-message
-  - invite-notify
-  - sasl
-  - server-time
-- SASL: certificate fingerprints are now always sent to the SASL agent, allowing for
-  the certificate to be used as a second authentication factor.
-
-### oper
-- Merge several features from ircd-seven:
-  - Implement support for remote DIE/RESTART.
-  - Implement support for remote MODLOAD et al commands.
-  - Add the GRANT command which allows for temporarily opering a client.
-  - Implement the hidden oper-only channel modes framework.
-  - Implement a channel mode that disallows kicking IRC operators (+M).
-- Enhance the oper override system, allowing more flexibility and detail
-  in network-wide notices.
-- DNS, ident, and blacklist lookups have been moved to a dedicated daemon known
-  as authd. Some cosmetic changes to blacklist statistics and rejection notices
-  have resulted.
-- An experimental OPM scanner has been added to authd. Plaintext SOCKS4,
-  SOCKS5, and HTTP CONNECT proxies can be checked for.
-- The LOCOPS command has been moved from core to an extension.
-- All core modules in charybdis have descriptions, which are shown in MODLIST.
-- Suffixes should not be used when doing /MODLOAD, /MODUNLOAD, /MODRELOAD, etc.
+- libratbox/src/commio.c: fix accept() for IPv6 after dropping IPv4
+- src/client.c: don't delete servers from the client hash table
+- src/s_user.c: don't send fake MODE for clients with CHGHOST support
+- modules/m_sasl.c: abort session if we receive '*' as data
+- modules/m_sasl.c: check agent is present after every client exit
 
 ### misc
-- Support for WebSocket has been added, use the listen::wsock option to switch
-  a listener into websocket mode.
+- configure: adjust dlopen/dlsym checks to work under libasan
+- configure: allow exact PID file prefix to be specified
+- doc/: convert SGML oper guide to RST
+- doc/: point users to HELP EXTBAN for inline help
+- extensions/m_webirc.c: set sockhost before using it to set host
 
-### conf
-- Add the ability to strip color codes from topics unconditionally.
-- The obsolete hub option from server info has been removed.
+## charybdis-3.5.5
 
-### docs
-- The documentation has been cleaned up; obsolete files have been purged, and
-  files have been renamed and shuffled around to be more consistent.
+This is a minor bugfix release only
 
-### code
-- `common.h` is gone. Everything useful in it was moved to `ircd_defs.h`.
-- `config.h` is gone; the few remaining knobs in it were not for configuration
-  by mere mortals, and mostly existed as a 2.8 relic. Most of the knobs live in
-  `defaults.h`, but one is well-advised to stay away unless they know exactly
-  what they are doing.
-- A new module API has been introduced, known as AV2. It includes things such as
-  module datecodes (to ensure modules don't fall out of sync with the code),
-  module descriptions, and other fun things.
-- Alias and module commands are now in m_alias and m_modules, respectively, and
-  can be reloaded if need be. For sanity reasons, m_modules is a core module,
-  and cannot be unloaded.
-- irc_dictionary and irc_radixtree related functions are now in librb, and
-  prefixed accordingly. Typedefs have been added for consistency with existing
-  data structures. For example, now you would write `rb_dictionary *foo` and
-  `RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH`.
-- C99 bools are now included and used in the code. Don't use ints as simple true
-  or false flags anymore. In accordance with this change, the `YES`/`NO` and
-  `TRUE`/`FALSE` macros have been removed.
-- Return types from command handlers have been axed, as they have been useless
-  for years.
-- libratbox has been renamed to librb, as we have diverged from upstream long
-  ago.
-- Almost all 2.8-style hashtable structures have been moved to dictionaries or
-  radix trees, resulting in significant memory savings.
-- The block allocator has been disabled and is no longer used.
-- The ratbox client capabilities have been ported to use the ircd capabilities
-  framework, allowing for modules to provide capabilities.
-- Support for restarting ssld has been added.  ssld processes which are still
-  servicing clients will remain in use, but not service new connections, and
-  are garbage collected when they are no longer servicing connections.
-- Support for ratbox-style 'iodebug' hooks has been removed.
-- New channel types may be added by modules, see `extensions/chantype_dummy.c`
-  for a very simple example.
+### misc
+- GNUTLS: Initialise a variable before trying to load server certificates
+- GNUTLS: Log why certificate fingerprint generation fails
+- GNUTLS: Avoid using new tokens in the default priority string
+
+## charybdis-3.5.4
+
+### security
+- Disable TLSv1.0 in all backends
+- Fix possible NULL dereference in mkpasswd
+- Backport SubjectPublicKeyInfo certificate digest methods from version 4
+- Backport REHASH SSLD functionality from version 4
+  - This allows new ssld processes to be started (to inherit a new or upgraded TLS backend
+    library) without dropping any existing clients or active server links
+
+### misc
+- Various memory leak fixes in newconf, sslproc, zlib
+- Fix crash bug when performing /whois on someone half-way through a CHALLENGE
+- Fix crash bug when performing remote MODRESTART command
+- Allow extban matching presence in secret (+s) channels
+
+## charybdis-3.5.3
+
+### security
+- incorporate all relevant security patches for charybdis through 6th September 2016:
+  - fix issue allowing EXTERNAL authentications to be spoofed using a certificate not actually
+    held by the authenticating user
+
+### misc
+- mbedtls TLS backend improvements from charybdis 4 and 5:
+  - add support for configurable ciphersuites
+  - disable legacy (SSLv2) renegotiation support if possible
+  - disable session tickets if possible
+  - general robustness improvements
+- gnutls TLS backend improvements from charybdis 4:
+  - make certfp support more reliable on newer gnutls versions
+  - avoid possible null dereference when constructing ciphersuites
+- openssl TLS backend improvements from charybdis 4:
+  - avoid a possible use-after-free issue when newer openssl versions cannot load keypairs in a rehash
+  - improve compatibility with libressl
+  - more robustly load DH parameters files
+- daemonization improvements from charybdis 4
+
+## charybdis-3.5.2
+
+### user
+- Allow IRCv3.1 STARTTLS to work with other SSL backends besides OpenSSL.
+- Fix an edge case regression involving channel ban cache that was introduced in 3.5.0.
+
+### misc
+- Ensure ssld does not crash when DH parameters are not provided.
+- mbedtls TLS backend improvements from charybdis 4:
+  - add support for CertFP
+  - provide personalization data for the PRNG
+  - fix library linking order
+- openssl TLS backend improvements from charybdis 4:
+  - do not manually initialise openssl when running with OpenSSL 1.1.0 or later
+  - support ECDHE on more than one curve on OpenSSL 1.0.2 and above
+  - fix DH parameters memory leak
+  - free the old TLS context before constructing a new one (#186)
+
+## charybdis-3.5.1
+
+### misc
+- Backport various ssld IPC improvements from master.
 
 ## charybdis-3.5.0
 
@@ -847,7 +757,7 @@ bolded warnings in the full release notes below.
 ## charybdis-1.0
 
 - Implement channel mode +L for channel list limit exemptions.
-- Implement channel mode +P primarily as a status mode, permanant
+- Implement channel mode +P primarily as a status mode, permanant 
   channel -- this is usually enforced via services registrations.
 - Change behaviour of /stats p: now displays all staff members instead
   of local ones only.

README.md

@@ -1,94 +1,66 @@
-# solanum ![Build Status](https://github.com/solanum-ircd/solanum/workflows/CI/badge.svg)
+# charybdis
 
-Solanum is an IRCv3 server designed to be highly scalable.  It implements IRCv3.1 and some parts of IRCv3.2.
+Charybdis is a reference implementation of the IRCv3.1 server component.  It is meant to be
+used with an IRCv3-capable services implementation such as [Atheme][atheme] or [Anope][anope].
 
-It is meant to be used with an IRCv3-capable services implementation such as [Atheme][atheme] or [Anope][anope].
-
-   [atheme]: https://atheme.github.io/
+   [atheme]: http://www.atheme.net/
    [anope]: http://www.anope.org/
 
 # necessary requirements
 
  * A supported platform
- * A working dynamic library system
- * A working lex and yacc - flex and bison should work
-
-# platforms
-
-Solanum is developed on Linux with glibc, but is currently portable to most POSIX-compatible operating systems.
-However, this portability is likely to be removed unless someone is willing to maintain it.  If you'd like to be that
-person, please let us know on IRC.
-
-# platform specific errata
-
-These are known issues and workarounds for various platforms.
-
- * **macOS**: you must set the `LIBTOOLIZE` environment variable to point to glibtoolize before running autogen.sh:
-
-   ```bash
-   brew install libtool
-   export LIBTOOLIZE="/usr/local/bin/glibtoolize"
-   ./autogen.sh
-   ```
-
- * **FreeBSD**: if you are compiling with ipv6 you may experience
-   problems with ipv4 due to the way the socket code is written.  To
-   fix this you must: `sysctl net.inet6.ip6.v6only=0`
-
- * **Solaris**: you may have to set your `PATH` to include `/usr/gnu/bin` and `/usr/gnu/sbin` before `/usr/bin`
-   and `/usr/sbin`. Solaris's default tools don't seem to play nicely with the configure script. When running
-   as a 32-bit binary, it should be started as:
-
-   ```bash
-   ulimit -n 4095 ; LD_PRELOAD_32=/usr/lib/extendedFILE.so.1 ./solanum
-   ```
-
-# building
-
-```bash
-sudo apt install build-essential pkg-config automake libtool libsqlite3-dev # or equivalent for your distribution
-./autogen.sh
-./configure --prefix=/path/to/installation
-make
-make check # run tests
-make install
-```
-
-See `./configure --help` for build options.
+ * A working dynamic load library.
+ * A working lex.  Solaris /usr/ccs/bin/lex appears to be broken, on this system flex should be used.
 
 # feature specific requirements
 
  * For SSL/TLS client and server connections, one of:
 
-   * OpenSSL 1.0.0 or newer (`--enable-openssl`)
-   * LibreSSL (`--enable-openssl`)
-   * mbedTLS (`--enable-mbedtls`)
-   * GnuTLS (`--enable-gnutls`)
+   * OpenSSL 1.0.0 or newer (--enable-openssl)
+   * LibreSSL (--enable-openssl)
+   * MbedTLS (--enable-mbedtls)
+   * GnuTLS (--enable-gnutls)
 
  * For certificate-based oper CHALLENGE, OpenSSL 1.0.0 or newer.
    (Using CHALLENGE is not recommended for new deployments, so if you want to use a different TLS library,
     feel free.)
 
- * For ECDHE under OpenSSL, on Solaris you will need to compile your own OpenSSL on these systems, as they
-   have removed support for ECC/ECDHE.  Alternatively, consider using another library (see above).
+ * For ECDHE under OpenSSL, on Solaris and RHEL/Fedora (and its derivatives such as CentOS) you will
+   need to compile your own OpenSSL on these systems, as they have removed support for ECC/ECDHE.
+   Alternatively, consider using another library (see above).
 
 # tips
 
- * To report bugs in Solanum, visit us at `#solanum` on [Libera Chat](https://libera.chat)
+ * To report bugs in charybdis, visit us on IRC at chat.freenode.net #charybdis
 
- * Please read [doc/readme.txt](doc/readme.txt) to get an overview of the current documentation.
+ * Please read doc/index.txt to get an overview of the current documentation.
 
- * Read the [NEWS.md](NEWS.md) file for what's new in this release.
-
- * The files, `/etc/services`, `/etc/protocols`, and `/etc/resolv.conf`, SHOULD be
+ * The files, /etc/services, /etc/protocols, and /etc/resolv.conf, SHOULD be
    readable by the user running the server in order for ircd to start with
-   the correct settings.  If these files are wrong, Solanum will try to use
-   `127.0.0.1` for a resolver as a last-ditch effort.
+   the correct settings.  If these files are wrong, charybdis will try to use
+   127.0.0.1 for a resolver as a last-ditch effort.
 
-# git access
+ * FREEBSD USERS: if you are compiling with ipv6 you may experience
+   problems with ipv4 due to the way the socket code is written.  To
+   fix this you must: "sysctl net.inet6.ip6.v6only=0"
 
- * The Solanum git repository can be checked out using the following command:
-	`git clone https://github.com/solanum-ircd/solanum`
+ * SOLARIS USERS: this code appears to tickle a bug in older gcc and 
+   egcs ONLY on 64-bit Solaris7.  gcc-2.95 and SunPro C on 64bit should
+   work fine, and any gcc or SunPro compiled on 32bit.
 
- * Solanum's git repository can be browsed over the Internet at the following address:
-	https://github.com/solanum-ircd/solanum
+ * SUPPORTED PLATFORMS: this code should compile without any warnings on:
+
+   * FreeBSD 10
+   * Gentoo & Gentoo Hardened ~x86/~amd64/~fbsd
+   * RHEL 6 / 7
+   * Debian Jessie
+   * OpenSuSE 11/12
+   * OpenSolaris 2008.x?
+   * Solaris 10 sparc.
+  
+  Please let us know if you find otherwise.  
+  It probably does not compile on AIX, IRIX or libc5 Linux.
+
+ * Please read NEWS for information about what is in this release.
+
+ * Other files recommended for reading: BUGS, INSTALL

TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/ = in progress, x = done, ? = to be discussed, F = charybdis3.1 or next releases
+
+[/] finish legacy code removal
+  [x] remove 2.8 report_error() in ratbox imported stuff
+  [F] client.c, channel.c is very 2.8 style still. it'd be nice to pack them into their own 
+      namespace and such. moreover, the other 2.8 code needs similar rewriting/reworking too...
+  [x] merge m_join.c and m_sjoin.c in one module (same functions, done in ratbox3)
+  [ ] rewrite s_auth.c
+    [ ] authentication state/lock manager
+    [ ] move resolver/auth checker code into separated modules 
+[x] port to libratbox
+  [x] get it running
+  [x] clean up maxconnections kludges &c
+  [x] in-process SSL
+  [x] port and use ratbox ssld for server links
+  [x] merge with libratbox SVN
+[x] ssl stuff
+  [x] client-to-client ssl
+  [x] server-to-server ssl
+  [x] ssl usermode (+Z)
+  [x] ssl channelmode (done by extban and chm_compat)
+  [x] tool for generating ssl certificates and other stuff
+  [x] gnutls backend for at least SSL connections (replacing libcrypto use in m_challenge would be nice too)
+[x] merge some stuff from ircd-seven directly (to be determined what)
+  [x] remote d:lines support
+  [x] PASS selector:password for auth{} (useful for dynamic IPs)
+[ ] kline/xline/resv sync (what about spb's extension?)
+[x] drop non-TS6 (legacy protocol) support
+[?] Patch or core-feature - libguess on-fly any-charset-to-utf8 translation
+[x] module engine rework
+  [?] MODULE_DEPEND and MODULE_CONFLICT for building extension dependencies (backport from shadowircd)
+  [x] more beautiful way of adding new channel modes by module
+    [x] basic functionality
+    [x] some example modules
+    [x] another idea is too make that work with privilege groups, like "serveradmins" or "ircops"
+  [ ] make nick/user/host validation functions/match tables able to work in separated modules,
+      this will help us making support for native characters sets/slashes in host etc
+  [ ] auth checker module
+  [ ] resolver module
+  [x] privilege system for privilege groups, something like
+     in .conf: helper { kill_global, rehash, kline_local }
+     in modules: privilege_add("kill_global"), has_privilege(source_p, "kill_global") etc, should work the way dynamic cflags/umodes done
+     -- this is done kinda like this, but not really. See HasPrivilege() calls. privilege_add() was not needed ~nenolod
+[x] Remove glines entirely
+[/] test suite as in ircu
+[?] win32
+ [?] mingw support
+ [R] win32 native support - VS doesn't follow C99, this will require us switching back to C89 with libratbox and (future) core
+[x] Bug fixes
+  [x] Compilation without zlib headers fails - fixed
+  [x] Compilation date and time in server welcome message is in OS locale - looks ugly 'cause often it's not match user's codepage
+[ ] Improvments
+  [ ] ircd shouldn't need bison/byacc/yacc or flex for compilation
+--- other stuff
+  [?] internally split out +o/+v "ranks" into a series of permissions. this could allow for configure-defined 
+      special access levels, halfops, etc. (would need to match globally, somehow. extra SVINFO param?)
+      might be backported from shadowircd in future (chanroles planned)
+  [?] somehow hide channel operators like ircnet can do?
+      couldn't be done via extension currently - compilation-time option acceptable?
+  [x] create chmode.h and put there all declarations of chm_* - this will make some modules clean
+  [?] Move oper override server WALLOPS to global server notices?

aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.15.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
+m4_include([m4/charybdis.m4])
+m4_include([m4/pkg.m4])

appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+except:
+  - release/3.5

authd/Makefile.am

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-pkglibexec_PROGRAMS = authd
-AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS)
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I../include -I../librb/include 
-
-authd_SOURCES =	\
-	authd.c	\
-	dns.c \
-	notice.c \
-	provider.c \
-	res.c \
-	reslib.c \
-	providers/dnsbl.c \
-	providers/ident.c \
-	providers/rdns.c \
-	providers/opm.c
-
-authd_LDADD = ../librb/src/librb.la

authd/authd.c

@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/authd.c - main code for authd
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "dns.h"
-#include "provider.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-
-#define MAXPARA 10
-
-static void error_cb(rb_helper *helper) __attribute__((noreturn));
-static void handle_reload(int parc, char *parv[]);
-static void handle_stat(int parc, char *parv[]);
-static void handle_options(int parc, char *parv[]);
-
-rb_helper *authd_helper = NULL;
-authd_cmd_handler authd_cmd_handlers[256] = {
-	['C'] = handle_new_connection,
-	['D'] = handle_resolve_dns,
-	['E'] = handle_cancel_connection,
-	['O'] = handle_options,
-	['R'] = handle_reload,
-	['S'] = handle_stat,
-};
-
-authd_stat_handler authd_stat_handlers[256] = {
-	['D'] = enumerate_nameservers,
-};
-
-authd_reload_handler authd_reload_handlers[256] = {
-	['D'] = reload_nameservers,
-};
-
-rb_dictionary *authd_option_handlers;
-
-static void
-handle_stat(int parc, char *parv[])
-{
-	authd_stat_handler handler;
-	unsigned long long rid;
-
-	if(parc < 3)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_stat received too few parameters (at least 3 expected, got %d)", parc);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if((rid = strtoull(parv[1], NULL, 16)) > UINT32_MAX)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_stat got a rid that was too large: %s", parv[1]);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (!(handler = authd_stat_handlers[(unsigned char)parv[2][0]]))
-		return;
-
-	handler((uint32_t)rid, parv[2][0]);
-}
-
-static void
-handle_options(int parc, char *parv[])
-{
-	struct auth_opts_handler *handler;
-
-	if(parc < 2)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_options received too few parameters (at least 2 expected, got %d)", parc);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if((handler = rb_dictionary_retrieve(authd_option_handlers, parv[1])) == NULL)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_options got a bad option type %s", parv[1]);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if((parc - 2) < handler->min_parc)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_options received too few parameters (at least %d expected, got %d)", handler->min_parc, parc);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	handler->handler(parv[1], parc - 2, (const char **)&parv[2]);
-}
-
-static void
-handle_reload(int parc, char *parv[])
-{
-	authd_reload_handler handler;
-
-	if(parc <= 2)
-	{
-		/* Reload all handlers */
-		for(size_t i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-		{
-			if ((handler = authd_reload_handlers[(unsigned char) i]) != NULL)
-				handler('\0');
-		}
-
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (!(handler = authd_reload_handlers[(unsigned char)parv[1][0]]))
-		return;
-
-	handler(parv[1][0]);
-}
-
-static void
-parse_request(rb_helper *helper)
-{
-	static char *parv[MAXPARA + 1];
-	static char readbuf[READBUF_SIZE];
-	int parc;
-	int len;
-	authd_cmd_handler handler;
-
-	while((len = rb_helper_read(helper, readbuf, sizeof(readbuf))) > 0)
-	{
-		parc = rb_string_to_array(readbuf, parv, MAXPARA);
-
-		if(parc < 1)
-			continue;
-
-		handler = authd_cmd_handlers[(unsigned char)parv[0][0]];
-		if (handler != NULL)
-			handler(parc, parv);
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-error_cb(rb_helper *helper)
-{
-	exit(EX_ERROR);
-}
-
-static void
-dummy_handler(int sig)
-{
-	return;
-}
-
-static void
-setup_signals(void)
-{
-	struct sigaction act;
-
-	act.sa_flags = 0;
-	act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
-	sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
-	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGPIPE);
-	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGALRM);
-#ifdef SIGTRAP
-	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTRAP);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SIGWINCH
-	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGWINCH);
-	sigaction(SIGWINCH, &act, 0);
-#endif
-	sigaction(SIGPIPE, &act, 0);
-#ifdef SIGTRAP
-	sigaction(SIGTRAP, &act, 0);
-#endif
-
-	act.sa_handler = dummy_handler;
-	sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0);
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	setup_signals();
-
-	authd_helper = rb_helper_child(parse_request, error_cb, NULL, NULL, NULL, 256, 256, 256);	/* XXX fix me */
-	if(authd_helper == NULL)
-	{
-		fprintf(stderr, "authd is not meant to be invoked by end users\n");
-		exit(EX_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	rb_set_time();
-	setup_signals();
-
-	authd_option_handlers = rb_dictionary_create("authd options handlers", rb_strcasecmp);
-
-	init_resolver();
-	init_providers();
-	rb_init_prng(NULL, RB_PRNG_DEFAULT);
-
-	rb_helper_loop(authd_helper, 0);
-
-	/*
-	 * XXX this function will never be called from here -- is it necessary?
-	 */
-	destroy_providers();
-
-	return 0;
-}

authd/authd.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/dns.h - header for authd DNS functions
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUTHD_H
-#define _AUTHD_H
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "rb_lib.h"
-#include "rb_dictionary.h"
-
-#include "setup.h"
-#include "ircd_defs.h"
-
-typedef enum exit_reasons
-{
-	EX_ERROR = 1,
-	EX_DNS_ERROR = 2,
-	EX_PROVIDER_ERROR = 3,
-} exit_reasons;
-
-typedef void (*provider_opts_handler_t)(const char *, int, const char **);
-
-struct auth_opts_handler
-{
-	const char *option;
-	int min_parc;
-	provider_opts_handler_t handler;
-};
-
-extern rb_helper *authd_helper;
-
-typedef void (*authd_cmd_handler)(int parc, char *parv[]);
-typedef void (*authd_stat_handler)(uint32_t rid, const char letter);
-typedef void (*authd_reload_handler)(const char letter);
-
-extern authd_cmd_handler authd_cmd_handlers[256];
-extern authd_stat_handler authd_stat_handlers[256];
-extern authd_reload_handler authd_reload_handlers[256];
-
-extern rb_dictionary *authd_option_handlers;
-
-#endif

authd/dns.c

@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/dns.c - authd DNS functions
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "dns.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-#include "res.h"
-
-static void handle_lookup_ip_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply);
-static void handle_lookup_hostname_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply);
-
-uint64_t query_count = 0;
-
-/* A bit different from ircd... you just get a dns_query object.
- *
- * It gets freed whenever the res code gets back to us.
- */
-struct dns_query *
-lookup_ip(const char *host, int aftype, DNSCB callback, void *data)
-{
-	struct dns_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dns_query));
-	int g_type;
-
-	if(aftype == AF_INET)
-	{
-		query->type = QUERY_A;
-		g_type = T_A;
-	}
-	else if(aftype == AF_INET6)
-	{
-		query->type = QUERY_AAAA;
-		g_type = T_AAAA;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		rb_free(query);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	query->id = query_count++;
-	query->callback = callback;
-	query->data = data;
-
-	query->query.ptr = query;
-	query->query.callback = handle_lookup_ip_reply;
-
-	gethost_byname_type(host, &query->query, g_type);
-
-	return query;
-}
-
-/* See lookup_ip's comment */
-struct dns_query *
-lookup_hostname(const char *ip, DNSCB callback, void *data)
-{
-	struct dns_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dns_query));
-	int aftype;
-
-	if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(ip, &query->addr))
-	{
-		rb_free(query);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	aftype = GET_SS_FAMILY(&query->addr);
-
-	if(aftype == AF_INET)
-		query->type = QUERY_PTR_A;
-	else if(aftype == AF_INET6)
-		query->type = QUERY_PTR_AAAA;
-	else
-	{
-		rb_free(query);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	query->id = query_count++;
-	query->callback = callback;
-	query->data = data;
-
-	query->query.ptr = query;
-	query->query.callback = handle_lookup_hostname_reply;
-
-	gethost_byaddr(&query->addr, &query->query);
-
-	return query;
-}
-
-/* Cancel a pending query */
-void
-cancel_query(struct dns_query *query)
-{
-	query->callback = query->data = NULL;
-}
-
-/* Callback from gethost_byname_type */
-static void
-handle_lookup_ip_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply)
-{
-	struct dns_query *query = data;
-	char ip[HOSTIPLEN] = "*";
-
-	if(query == NULL)
-	{
-		/* Shouldn't happen */
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_ip_reply: query == NULL!");
-		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if(reply == NULL)
-		goto end;
-
-	switch(query->type)
-	{
-	case QUERY_A:
-		if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&reply->addr) == AF_INET)
-			rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&reply->addr, ip, sizeof(ip));
-		break;
-	case QUERY_AAAA:
-		if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&reply->addr) == AF_INET6)
-		{
-			rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&reply->addr, ip, sizeof(ip));
-			if(ip[0] == ':')
-			{
-				memmove(&ip[1], ip, strlen(ip));
-				ip[0] = '0';
-			}
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_ip_reply: unknown query type %d",
-				query->type);
-		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-	}
-
-end:
-	if(query->callback)
-		query->callback(ip, ip[0] != '*', query->type, query->data);
-
-	rb_free(query);
-}
-
-/* Callback from gethost_byaddr */
-static void
-handle_lookup_hostname_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply)
-{
-	struct dns_query *query = data;
-	char *hostname = NULL;
-
-	if(query == NULL)
-	{
-		/* Shouldn't happen */
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_hostname_reply: query == NULL!");
-		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if(reply == NULL)
-		goto end;
-
-	if(query->type == QUERY_PTR_A)
-	{
-		struct sockaddr_in *ip, *ip_fwd;
-		ip = (struct sockaddr_in *) &query->addr;
-		ip_fwd = (struct sockaddr_in *) &reply->addr;
-
-		if(ip->sin_addr.s_addr == ip_fwd->sin_addr.s_addr)
-			hostname = reply->h_name;
-	}
-	else if(query->type == QUERY_PTR_AAAA)
-	{
-		struct sockaddr_in6 *ip, *ip_fwd;
-		ip = (struct sockaddr_in6 *) &query->addr;
-		ip_fwd = (struct sockaddr_in6 *) &reply->addr;
-
-		if(memcmp(&ip->sin6_addr, &ip_fwd->sin6_addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0)
-			hostname = reply->h_name;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Shouldn't happen */
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_hostname_reply: unknown query type %d",
-				query->type);
-		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-	}
-end:
-	if(query->callback)
-		query->callback(hostname, hostname != NULL, query->type, query->data);
-
-	rb_free(query);
-}
-
-static void
-submit_dns_answer(const char *reply, bool status, query_type type, void *data)
-{
-	char *id = data;
-
-	if(!id || type == QUERY_INVALID)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: submit_dns_answer gave us a bad query");
-		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if(reply == NULL || status == false)
-	{
-		rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "E %s E %c *", id, type);
-		rb_free(id);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "E %s O %c %s", id, type, reply);
-	rb_free(id);
-}
-
-void
-handle_resolve_dns(int parc, char *parv[])
-{
-	char *id = rb_strdup(parv[1]);
-	char qtype = *parv[2];
-	char *record = parv[3];
-	int aftype = AF_INET;
-
-	switch(qtype)
-	{
-	case '6':
-		aftype = AF_INET6;
-	case '4':
-		if(!lookup_ip(record, aftype, submit_dns_answer, id))
-			submit_dns_answer(NULL, false, qtype, NULL);
-		break;
-	case 'S':
-	case 'R':
-		if(!lookup_hostname(record, submit_dns_answer, id))
-			submit_dns_answer(NULL, false, qtype, NULL);
-		break;
-	default:
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_resolve_dns got an unknown query: %c", qtype);
-		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-	}
-}
-
-void
-enumerate_nameservers(uint32_t rid, const char letter)
-{
-	char buf[(HOSTIPLEN + 1) * IRCD_MAXNS];
-	size_t s = 0;
-
-	if (!irc_nscount)
-	{
-		/* Shouldn't happen */
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: no name servers!");
-		stats_error(rid, letter, "NONAMESERVERS");
-		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	for(int i = 0; i < irc_nscount; i++)
-	{
-		char addr[HOSTIPLEN];
-		size_t addrlen;
-
-		rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&irc_nsaddr_list[i], addr, sizeof(addr));
-
-		if (!addr[0])
-		{
-			/* Shouldn't happen */
-			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: bad nameserver!");
-			stats_error(rid, letter, "INVALIDNAMESERVER");
-			exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
-		}
-
-		addrlen = strlen(addr) + 1;
-		(void)snprintf(&buf[s], sizeof(buf) - s, "%s ", addr);
-		s += addrlen;
-	}
-
-	if(s > 0)
-		buf[--s] = '\0';
-
-	stats_result(rid, letter, "%s", buf);
-}
-
-void
-reload_nameservers(const char letter)
-{
-	/* Not a whole lot to it */
-	restart_resolver();
-}

authd/dns.h

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/dns.h - header for authd DNS functions
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUTHD_DNS_H
-#define _AUTHD_DNS_H
-
-#define DNS_REQ_IDLEN 10
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "res.h"
-#include "reslib.h"
-
-typedef enum
-{
-	QUERY_INVALID = 0,
-	QUERY_A = '4',
-	QUERY_AAAA = '6',
-	QUERY_PTR_A = 'R',
-	QUERY_PTR_AAAA = 'S',
-} query_type;
-
-/* Similar to that in ircd */
-typedef void (*DNSCB)(const char *res, bool status, query_type type, void *data);
-
-struct dns_query
-{
-	struct DNSQuery query;
-	query_type type;
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr;
-	uint64_t id;
-
-	DNSCB callback;
-	void *data;
-};
-
-extern struct dns_query *lookup_hostname(const char *ip, DNSCB callback, void *data);
-extern struct dns_query *lookup_ip(const char *host, int aftype, DNSCB callback, void *data);
-extern void cancel_query(struct dns_query *query);
-
-extern void handle_resolve_dns(int parc, char *parv[]);
-extern void enumerate_nameservers(uint32_t rid, const char letter);
-extern void reload_nameservers(const char letter);
-
-#endif

authd/notice.c

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/notice.c - send notices back to the ircd and to clients
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-
-/* Send a notice to a client */
-void
-notice_client(uint32_t cid, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	char buf[BUFSIZE];
-	va_list args;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "N %x :%s", cid, buf);
-}
-
-/* Send a warning to the IRC daemon for logging, etc. */
-void
-warn_opers(notice_level_t level, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	char buf[BUFSIZE];
-	va_list args;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "W %c :%s", level, buf);
-}
-
-/* Send a stats result */
-void
-stats_result(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	char buf[BUFSIZE];
-	va_list args;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "Y %x %c %s", cid, letter, buf);
-}
-
-/* Send a stats error */
-void
-stats_error(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	char buf[BUFSIZE];
-	va_list args;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "X %x %c %s", cid, letter, buf);
-}
-
-void
-stats_done(uint32_t cid, char letter)
-{
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "Z %x %c", cid, letter);
-}

authd/notice.h

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/notice.h - send notices back to the ircd and to clients
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SOLANUM_AUTHD_NOTICE_H__
-#define __SOLANUM_AUTHD_NOTICE_H__
-
-typedef enum
-{
-	L_DEBUG = 'D',
-	L_INFO = 'I',
-	L_WARN = 'W',
-	L_CRIT ='C',
-} notice_level_t;
-
-void notice_client(uint32_t cid, const char *fmt, ...);
-void warn_opers(notice_level_t level, const char *fmt, ...);
-void stats_result(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...);
-void stats_error(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...);
-void stats_done(uint32_t cid, char letter);
-
-#endif /* __SOLANUM_AUTHD_NOTICE_H__ */

authd/provider.c

@@ -1,433 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/provider.c - authentication provider framework
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/* The basic design here is to have "authentication providers" that do things
- * like query ident and DNSBLs and even open proxies.
- *
- * Providers are registered in the auth_providers linked list. It is planned to
- * use a bitmap to store provider ID's later.
- *
- * Providers can either return failure immediately, immediate acceptance, or do
- * work in the background (calling set_provider to signal this).
- *
- * Provider-specific data for each client can be kept in an index of the data
- * struct member (using the provider's ID).
- *
- * All providers must implement at a minimum a perform_provider function. You
- * don't have to implement the others if you don't need them.
- *
- * Providers may kick clients off by rejecting them. Upon rejection, all
- * providers are cancelled. They can also unconditionally accept them.
- *
- * When a provider is done and is neutral on accepting/rejecting a client, it
- * should call provider_done. Do NOT call this if you have accepted or rejected
- * the client.
- *
- * Eventually, stuff like *:line handling will be moved here, but that means we
- * have to talk to bandb directly first.
- *
- * --Elizafox, 9 March 2016
- */
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "rb_dictionary.h"
-#include "rb_lib.h"
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "provider.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-
-static EVH provider_timeout_event;
-
-rb_dictionary *auth_clients;
-rb_dlink_list auth_providers;
-
-static rb_dlink_list free_pids;
-static uint32_t allocated_pids;
-static struct ev_entry *timeout_ev;
-
-/* Set a provider's raw status */
-static inline void
-set_provider_status(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider, provider_status_t status)
-{
-	auth->data[provider].status = status;
-}
-
-/* Set the provider as running */
-static inline void
-set_provider_running(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
-{
-	auth->providers_active++;
-	set_provider_status(auth, provider, PROVIDER_STATUS_RUNNING);
-}
-
-/* Provider is no longer operating on this auth client */
-static inline void
-set_provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
-{
-	set_provider_status(auth, provider, PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE);
-	auth->providers_active--;
-}
-
-/* Initalise all providers */
-void
-init_providers(void)
-{
-	auth_clients = rb_dictionary_create("pending auth clients", rb_uint32cmp);
-	timeout_ev = rb_event_addish("provider_timeout_event", provider_timeout_event, NULL, 1);
-
-	/* FIXME must be started before rdns/ident to receive completion notification from them */
-	load_provider(&dnsbl_provider);
-	load_provider(&opm_provider);
-
-	/* FIXME must be started after dnsbl/opm in case of early completion notifications */
-	load_provider(&rdns_provider);
-	load_provider(&ident_provider);
-}
-
-/* Terminate all providers */
-void
-destroy_providers(void)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-
-	/* Cancel outstanding connections */
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		auth_client_ref(auth);
-
-		/* TBD - is this the right thing? */
-		reject_client(auth, UINT32_MAX, "destroy",
-			"Authentication system is down... try reconnecting in a few seconds");
-
-		auth_client_unref(auth);
-	}
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, auth_providers.head)
-	{
-		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
-
-		if(provider->destroy)
-			provider->destroy();
-
-		rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &auth_providers);
-	}
-
-	rb_dictionary_destroy(auth_clients, NULL, NULL);
-	rb_event_delete(timeout_ev);
-}
-
-/* Load a provider */
-void
-load_provider(struct auth_provider *provider)
-{
-	/* Assign a PID */
-	if(rb_dlink_list_length(&free_pids) > 0)
-	{
-		/* use the free list */
-		provider->id = RB_POINTER_TO_UINT(free_pids.head->data);
-		rb_dlinkDestroy(free_pids.head, &free_pids);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		if(allocated_pids == MAX_PROVIDERS || allocated_pids == UINT32_MAX)
-		{
-			warn_opers(L_WARN, "Cannot load additional provider, max reached!");
-			return;
-		}
-
-		provider->id = allocated_pids++;
-	}
-
-	if(provider->opt_handlers != NULL)
-	{
-		struct auth_opts_handler *handler;
-
-		for(handler = provider->opt_handlers; handler->option != NULL; handler++)
-			rb_dictionary_add(authd_option_handlers, handler->option, handler);
-	}
-
-	if(provider->stats_handler.letter != '\0')
-		authd_stat_handlers[(unsigned char)provider->stats_handler.letter] = provider->stats_handler.handler;
-
-	if(provider->init != NULL)
-		provider->init();
-
-	rb_dlinkAdd(provider, &provider->node, &auth_providers);
-}
-
-void
-unload_provider(struct auth_provider *provider)
-{
-	if(provider->opt_handlers != NULL)
-	{
-		struct auth_opts_handler *handler;
-
-		for(handler = provider->opt_handlers; handler->option != NULL; handler++)
-			rb_dictionary_delete(authd_option_handlers, handler->option);
-	}
-
-	if(provider->stats_handler.letter != '\0')
-		authd_stat_handlers[(unsigned char)provider->stats_handler.letter] = NULL;
-
-	if(provider->destroy != NULL)
-		provider->destroy();
-
-	rb_dlinkDelete(&provider->node, &auth_providers);
-
-	/* Reclaim ID */
-	rb_dlinkAddAlloc(RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(provider->id), &free_pids);
-}
-
-void
-auth_client_free(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	rb_dictionary_delete(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(auth->cid));
-	rb_free(auth->data);
-	rb_free(auth);
-}
-
-/* Cancel outstanding providers for a client (if any). */
-void
-cancel_providers(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	if(auth->providers_cancelled)
-		return;
-
-	auth->providers_cancelled = true;
-
-	if(auth->providers_active > 0)
-	{
-		rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-		RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
-		{
-			struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
-
-			if(provider->cancel != NULL && is_provider_running(auth, provider->id))
-				/* Cancel if required */
-				provider->cancel(auth);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/* Provider is done */
-void
-provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	lrb_assert(is_provider_running(auth, id));
-	lrb_assert(id != UINT32_MAX);
-	lrb_assert(id < allocated_pids);
-
-	set_provider_done(auth, id);
-
-	if(auth->providers_active == 0 && !auth->providers_starting)
-	{
-		/* All done */
-		accept_client(auth);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
-	{
-		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
-
-		if(provider->completed != NULL && is_provider_running(auth, provider->id))
-			/* Notify pending clients who asked for it */
-			provider->completed(auth, id);
-	}
-}
-
-/* Reject a client and cancel any outstanding providers */
-void
-reject_client(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, const char *data, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	char buf[BUFSIZE];
-	va_list args;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-
-	/* We send back username and hostname in case ircd wants to overrule our decision.
-	 * In the future this may not be the case.
-	 * --Elizafox
-	 */
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "R %x %c %s %s %s :%s",
-		auth->cid, id != UINT32_MAX ? auth->data[id].provider->letter : '*',
-		auth->username, auth->hostname,
-		data == NULL ? "*" : data, buf);
-
-	if(id != UINT32_MAX)
-		set_provider_done(auth, id);
-
-	cancel_providers(auth);
-}
-
-/* Accept a client and cancel outstanding providers if any */
-void
-accept_client(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "A %x %s %s", auth->cid, auth->username, auth->hostname);
-	cancel_providers(auth);
-}
-
-/* Begin authenticating user */
-static void
-start_auth(const char *cid, const char *l_ip, const char *l_port, const char *c_ip, const char *c_port, const char *protocol)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	unsigned long long lcid = strtoull(cid, NULL, 16);
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	if(lcid == 0 || lcid > UINT32_MAX)
-		return;
-
-	auth = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct auth_client));
-	auth_client_ref(auth);
-	auth->cid = (uint32_t)lcid;
-
-	if(rb_dictionary_find(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(auth->cid)) == NULL)
-		rb_dictionary_add(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(auth->cid), auth);
-	else
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: duplicate client added via start_auth: %s", cid);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	auth->protocol = strtoull(protocol, NULL, 16);
-
-	rb_strlcpy(auth->l_ip, l_ip, sizeof(auth->l_ip));
-	auth->l_port = (uint16_t)atoi(l_port);	/* should be safe */
-	(void) rb_inet_pton_sock(l_ip, &auth->l_addr);
-	SET_SS_PORT(&auth->l_addr, htons(auth->l_port));
-
-	rb_strlcpy(auth->c_ip, c_ip, sizeof(auth->c_ip));
-	auth->c_port = (uint16_t)atoi(c_port);
-	(void) rb_inet_pton_sock(c_ip, &auth->c_addr);
-	SET_SS_PORT(&auth->c_addr, htons(auth->c_port));
-
-	rb_strlcpy(auth->hostname, "*", sizeof(auth->hostname));
-	rb_strlcpy(auth->username, "*", sizeof(auth->username));
-
-	auth->data = rb_malloc(allocated_pids * sizeof(struct auth_client_data));
-
-	auth->providers_starting = true;
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
-	{
-		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
-
-		auth->data[provider->id].provider = provider;
-
-		lrb_assert(provider->start != NULL);
-
-		/* Execute providers */
-		set_provider_running(auth, provider->id);
-		if(!provider->start(auth))
-			/* Rejected immediately */
-			goto done;
-
-		if(auth->providers_cancelled)
-			break;
-	}
-	auth->providers_starting = false;
-
-	/* If no providers are running, accept the client */
-	if(auth->providers_active == 0)
-		accept_client(auth);
-
-done:
-	auth_client_unref(auth);
-}
-
-/* Callback for the initiation */
-void
-handle_new_connection(int parc, char *parv[])
-{
-	if (parc < 6) {
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: received too few params for new connection (6 expected, got %d)", parc);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	start_auth(parv[1], parv[2], parv[3], parv[4], parv[5], parc > 6 ? parv[6] : "0");
-}
-
-void
-handle_cancel_connection(int parc, char *parv[])
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	unsigned long long lcid;
-
-	if(parc < 2)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: received too few params for new connection (2 expected, got %d)", parc);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	lcid = strtoull(parv[1], NULL, 16);
-	if(lcid == 0 || lcid > UINT32_MAX)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: got a request to cancel a connection that can't exist: %s", parv[1]);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if((auth = rb_dictionary_retrieve(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER((uint32_t)lcid))) == NULL)
-	{
-		/* This could happen as a race if we've accepted/rejected but they cancel, so don't die here.
-		 * --Elizafox */
-		return;
-	}
-
-	auth_client_ref(auth);
-	cancel_providers(auth);
-	auth_client_unref(auth);
-}
-
-static void
-provider_timeout_event(void *notused __unused)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-	const time_t curtime = rb_current_time();
-
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-		auth_client_ref(auth);
-
-		RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
-		{
-			struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
-			const time_t timeout = get_provider_timeout(auth, provider->id);
-
-			if(is_provider_running(auth, provider->id) && provider->timeout != NULL &&
-				timeout > 0 && timeout < curtime)
-			{
-				provider->timeout(auth);
-			}
-		}
-
-		auth_client_unref(auth);
-	}
-}

authd/provider.h

@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/provider.h - authentication provider framework
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SOLANUM_AUTHD_PROVIDER_H__
-#define __SOLANUM_AUTHD_PROVIDER_H__
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "rb_dictionary.h"
-
-#define MAX_PROVIDERS 32	/* This should be enough */
-
-typedef enum
-{
-	PROVIDER_STATUS_NOTRUN = 0,
-	PROVIDER_STATUS_RUNNING,
-	PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE,
-} provider_status_t;
-
-struct auth_client_data
-{
-	struct auth_provider *provider;	/* Pointer back */
-	time_t timeout;			/* Provider timeout */
-	void *data;			/* Provider data */
-	provider_status_t status;	/* Provider status */
-};
-
-struct auth_client
-{
-	uint32_t cid;				/* Client ID */
-
-	int protocol;				/* IP protocol (TCP/SCTP) */
-
-	char l_ip[HOSTIPLEN + 1];		/* Listener IP address */
-	uint16_t l_port;			/* Listener port */
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage l_addr;	/* Listener address/port */
-
-	char c_ip[HOSTIPLEN + 1];		/* Client IP address */
-	uint16_t c_port;			/* Client port */
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage c_addr;	/* Client address/port */
-
-	char hostname[HOSTLEN + 1];		/* Used for DNS lookup */
-	char username[USERLEN + 1];		/* Used for ident lookup */
-
-	bool providers_starting;		/* Providers are still warming up */
-	bool providers_cancelled;		/* Providers are being cancelled */
-	unsigned int providers_active;		/* Number of active providers */
-	unsigned int refcount;			/* Held references */
-
-	struct auth_client_data *data;		/* Provider-specific data */
-};
-
-typedef bool (*provider_init_t)(void);
-typedef void (*provider_destroy_t)(void);
-
-typedef bool (*provider_start_t)(struct auth_client *);
-typedef void (*provider_cancel_t)(struct auth_client *);
-typedef void (*uint32_timeout_t)(struct auth_client *);
-typedef void (*provider_complete_t)(struct auth_client *, uint32_t);
-
-struct auth_stats_handler
-{
-	const char letter;
-	authd_stat_handler handler;
-};
-
-struct auth_provider
-{
-	rb_dlink_node node;
-
-	uint32_t id;			/* Provider ID */
-
-	const char *name;		/* Name of the provider */
-	char letter;			/* Letter used on reject, etc. */
-
-	provider_init_t init;		/* Initalise the provider */
-	provider_destroy_t destroy;	/* Terminate the provider */
-
-	provider_start_t start;		/* Perform authentication */
-	provider_cancel_t cancel;	/* Authentication cancelled */
-	uint32_timeout_t timeout;	/* Timeout callback */
-	provider_complete_t completed;	/* Callback for when other performers complete (think dependency chains) */
-
-	struct auth_stats_handler stats_handler;
-
-	struct auth_opts_handler *opt_handlers;
-};
-
-extern struct auth_provider rdns_provider;
-extern struct auth_provider ident_provider;
-extern struct auth_provider dnsbl_provider;
-extern struct auth_provider opm_provider;
-
-extern rb_dlink_list auth_providers;
-extern rb_dictionary *auth_clients;
-
-void load_provider(struct auth_provider *provider);
-void unload_provider(struct auth_provider *provider);
-
-void init_providers(void);
-void destroy_providers(void);
-void cancel_providers(struct auth_client *auth);
-
-void provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id);
-void accept_client(struct auth_client *auth);
-void reject_client(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, const char *data, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-void handle_new_connection(int parc, char *parv[]);
-void handle_cancel_connection(int parc, char *parv[]);
-void auth_client_free(struct auth_client *auth);
-
-static inline void
-auth_client_ref(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	auth->refcount++;
-}
-
-static inline void
-auth_client_unref(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	auth->refcount--;
-	if (auth->refcount == 0)
-		auth_client_free(auth);
-}
-
-/* Get a provider by name */
-static inline struct auth_provider *
-find_provider(const char *name)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
-	{
-		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
-
-		if(strcasecmp(provider->name, name) == 0)
-			return provider;
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Get a provider's id by name */
-static inline bool
-get_provider_id(const char *name, uint32_t *id)
-{
-	struct auth_provider *provider = find_provider(name);
-
-	if(provider != NULL)
-	{
-		*id = provider->id;
-		return true;
-	}
-	else
-		return false;
-}
-
-/* Get a provider's raw status */
-static inline provider_status_t
-get_provider_status(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
-{
-	return auth->data[provider].status;
-}
-
-/* Check if provider is operating on this auth client */
-static inline bool
-is_provider_running(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
-{
-	return get_provider_status(auth, provider) == PROVIDER_STATUS_RUNNING;
-}
-
-/* Check if provider has finished on this client */
-static inline bool
-is_provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
-{
-	return get_provider_status(auth, provider) == PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE;
-}
-
-/* Check if provider doesn't exist or has finished on this client */
-static inline bool
-run_after_provider(struct auth_client *auth, const char *name)
-{
-	uint32_t id;
-
-	if (get_provider_id(name, &id)) {
-		return get_provider_status(auth, id) == PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE;
-	} else {
-		return true;
-	}
-}
-
-/* Get provider auth client data */
-static inline void *
-get_provider_data(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id)
-{
-	return auth->data[id].data;
-}
-
-/* Set provider auth client data */
-static inline void
-set_provider_data(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, void *data)
-{
-	auth->data[id].data = data;
-}
-
-/* Set timeout relative to current time on provider
- * When the timeout lapses, the provider's timeout call will execute */
-static inline void
-set_provider_timeout_relative(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, time_t timeout)
-{
-	auth->data[id].timeout = timeout + rb_current_time();
-}
-
-/* Set timeout value in absolute time (Unix timestamp)
- * When the timeout lapses, the provider's timeout call will execute */
-static inline void
-set_provider_timeout_absolute(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, time_t timeout)
-{
-	auth->data[id].timeout = timeout;
-}
-
-/* Get the timeout value for the provider */
-static inline time_t
-get_provider_timeout(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id)
-{
-	return auth->data[id].timeout;
-}
-
-#endif /* __SOLANUM_AUTHD_PROVIDER_H__ */

authd/providers/dnsbl.c

@@ -1,608 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Solanum: a slightly advanced ircd
- * dnsbl.c: Manages DNSBL entries and lookups
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2006-2011 charybdis development team
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
- * met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
- *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- *
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
- *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/* Originally written for charybdis circa 2006 (by nenolod?).
- * Tweaked for authd. Some functions and structs renamed. Public/private
- * interfaces have been shifted around. Some code has been cleaned up too.
- * -- Elizafox 24 March 2016
- */
-
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "defaults.h"
-#include "provider.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "dns.h"
-
-#define SELF_PID (dnsbl_provider.id)
-
-typedef enum filter_t
-{
-	FILTER_ALL = 1,
-	FILTER_LAST = 2,
-} filter_t;
-
-/* dnsbl accepted IP types */
-#define IPTYPE_IPV4	1
-#define IPTYPE_IPV6	2
-
-/* A configured DNSBL */
-struct dnsbl
-{
-	char host[IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1];
-	char reason[BUFSIZE];		/* Reason template (ircd fills in the blanks) */
-	uint8_t iptype;			/* IP types supported */
-	rb_dlink_list filters;		/* Filters for queries */
-
-	bool delete;			/* If true delete when no clients */
-	int refcount;			/* When 0 and delete is set, remove this dnsbl */
-	unsigned int hits;
-
-	time_t lastwarning;		/* Last warning about garbage replies sent */
-};
-
-/* A lookup in progress for a particular DNSBL for a particular client */
-struct dnsbl_lookup
-{
-	struct dnsbl *bl;		/* dnsbl we're checking */
-	struct auth_client *auth;	/* Client */
-	struct dns_query *query;	/* DNS query pointer */
-
-	rb_dlink_node node;
-};
-
-/* A dnsbl filter */
-struct dnsbl_filter
-{
-	filter_t type;			/* Type of filter */
-	char filter[HOSTIPLEN];		/* The filter itself */
-
-	rb_dlink_node node;
-};
-
-/* dnsbl user data attached to auth_client instance */
-struct dnsbl_user
-{
-	bool started;
-	rb_dlink_list queries;		/* dnsbl queries in flight */
-};
-
-/* public interfaces */
-static void dnsbls_destroy(void);
-
-static bool dnsbls_start(struct auth_client *);
-static inline void dnsbls_generic_cancel(struct auth_client *, const char *);
-static void dnsbls_timeout(struct auth_client *);
-static void dnsbls_cancel(struct auth_client *);
-static void dnsbls_cancel_none(struct auth_client *);
-
-/* private interfaces */
-static void unref_dnsbl(struct dnsbl *);
-static struct dnsbl *new_dnsbl(const char *, const char *, uint8_t, rb_dlink_list *);
-static struct dnsbl *find_dnsbl(const char *);
-static bool dnsbl_check_reply(struct dnsbl_lookup *, const char *);
-static void dnsbl_dns_callback(const char *, bool, query_type, void *);
-static void initiate_dnsbl_dnsquery(struct dnsbl *, struct auth_client *);
-
-/* Variables */
-static rb_dlink_list dnsbl_list = { NULL, NULL, 0 };
-static int dnsbl_timeout = DNSBL_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
-
-/* private interfaces */
-
-static void
-unref_dnsbl(struct dnsbl *bl)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
-
-	bl->refcount--;
-	if (bl->delete && bl->refcount <= 0)
-	{
-		RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, bl->filters.head)
-		{
-			rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &bl->filters);
-			rb_free(ptr);
-		}
-
-		rb_dlinkFindDestroy(bl, &dnsbl_list);
-		rb_free(bl);
-	}
-}
-
-static struct dnsbl *
-new_dnsbl(const char *name, const char *reason, uint8_t iptype, rb_dlink_list *filters)
-{
-	struct dnsbl *bl;
-
-	if (name == NULL || reason == NULL || iptype == 0)
-		return NULL;
-
-	if((bl = find_dnsbl(name)) == NULL)
-	{
-		bl = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl));
-		rb_dlinkAddAlloc(bl, &dnsbl_list);
-	}
-	else
-		bl->delete = false;
-
-	rb_strlcpy(bl->host, name, IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1);
-	rb_strlcpy(bl->reason, reason, BUFSIZE);
-	bl->iptype = iptype;
-
-	rb_dlinkMoveList(filters, &bl->filters);
-
-	bl->lastwarning = 0;
-
-	return bl;
-}
-
-static struct dnsbl *
-find_dnsbl(const char *name)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, dnsbl_list.head)
-	{
-		struct dnsbl *bl = (struct dnsbl *)ptr->data;
-
-		if (!strcasecmp(bl->host, name))
-			return bl;
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline bool
-dnsbl_check_reply(struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup, const char *ipaddr)
-{
-	struct dnsbl *bl = bllookup->bl;
-	const char *lastoctet;
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	/* No filters and entry found - thus positive match */
-	if (!rb_dlink_list_length(&bl->filters))
-		return true;
-
-	/* Below will prolly have to change if IPv6 address replies are sent back */
-	if ((lastoctet = strrchr(ipaddr, '.')) == NULL || *(++lastoctet) == '\0')
-		goto blwarn;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, bl->filters.head)
-	{
-		struct dnsbl_filter *filter = ptr->data;
-		const char *cmpstr;
-
-		if (filter->type == FILTER_ALL)
-			cmpstr = ipaddr;
-		else if (filter->type == FILTER_LAST)
-			cmpstr = lastoctet;
-		else
-		{
-			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: Unknown dnsbl filter type (host %s): %d",
-					bl->host, filter->type);
-			exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-		}
-
-		if (strcmp(cmpstr, filter->filter) == 0)
-			/* Match! */
-			return true;
-	}
-
-	return false;
-blwarn:
-	if (bl->lastwarning + 3600 < rb_current_time())
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_WARN, "Garbage/undecipherable reply received from dnsbl %s (reply %s)",
-				bl->host, ipaddr);
-		bl->lastwarning = rb_current_time();
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-
-static void
-dnsbl_dns_callback(const char *result, bool status, query_type type, void *data)
-{
-	struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup = (struct dnsbl_lookup *)data;
-	struct dnsbl_user *bluser;
-	struct dnsbl *bl;
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-
-	lrb_assert(bllookup != NULL);
-	lrb_assert(bllookup->auth != NULL);
-
-	bl = bllookup->bl;
-	auth = bllookup->auth;
-
-	if((bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID)) == NULL)
-		return;
-
-	if (result != NULL && status && dnsbl_check_reply(bllookup, result))
-	{
-		/* Match found, so proceed no further */
-		bl->hits++;
-		reject_client(auth, SELF_PID, bl->host, bl->reason);
-		dnsbls_cancel(auth);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	unref_dnsbl(bl);
-	cancel_query(bllookup->query);	/* Ignore future responses */
-	rb_dlinkDelete(&bllookup->node, &bluser->queries);
-	rb_free(bllookup);
-
-	if(!rb_dlink_list_length(&bluser->queries))
-	{
-		/* Done here */
-		notice_client(auth->cid, "*** No DNSBL entry found for this IP");
-		rb_free(bluser);
-		set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
-		set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
-		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-		auth_client_unref(auth);
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-initiate_dnsbl_dnsquery(struct dnsbl *bl, struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl_lookup));
-	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-	char buf[IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1];
-	int aftype;
-
-	bllookup->bl = bl;
-	bllookup->auth = auth;
-
-	aftype = GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr);
-	if((aftype == AF_INET && (bl->iptype & IPTYPE_IPV4) == 0) ||
-		(aftype == AF_INET6 && (bl->iptype & IPTYPE_IPV6) == 0))
-		/* Incorrect dnsbl type for this IP... */
-	{
-		rb_free(bllookup);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	build_rdns(buf, sizeof(buf), &auth->c_addr, bl->host);
-	bllookup->query = lookup_ip(buf, AF_INET, dnsbl_dns_callback, bllookup);
-
-	rb_dlinkAdd(bllookup, &bllookup->node, &bluser->queries);
-	bl->refcount++;
-}
-
-static inline bool
-lookup_all_dnsbls(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-	int iptype;
-
-	if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) == AF_INET)
-		iptype = IPTYPE_IPV4;
-	else if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) == AF_INET6)
-		iptype = IPTYPE_IPV6;
-	else
-		return false;
-
-	bluser->started = true;
-	notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Checking your IP against DNSBLs");
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, dnsbl_list.head)
-	{
-		struct dnsbl *bl = (struct dnsbl *)ptr->data;
-
-		if (!bl->delete && (bl->iptype & iptype))
-			initiate_dnsbl_dnsquery(bl, auth);
-	}
-
-	if(!rb_dlink_list_length(&bluser->queries))
-		/* None checked. */
-		return false;
-
-	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, dnsbl_timeout);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static inline void
-delete_dnsbl(struct dnsbl *bl)
-{
-	if (bl->refcount > 0)
-		bl->delete = true;
-	else
-	{
-		rb_dlinkFindDestroy(bl, &dnsbl_list);
-		rb_free(bl);
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-delete_all_dnsbls(void)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, dnsbl_list.head)
-	{
-		delete_dnsbl(ptr->data);
-	}
-}
-
-/* public interfaces */
-static bool
-dnsbls_start(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	lrb_assert(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) == NULL);
-
-	if (!rb_dlink_list_length(&dnsbl_list)) {
-		/* Nothing to do... */
-		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	auth_client_ref(auth);
-
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl_user)));
-
-	if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth, "ident")) {
-		/* Start the lookup if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
-		if (!lookup_all_dnsbls(auth)) {
-			dnsbls_cancel_none(auth);
-			return true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/* This is called every time a provider is completed as long as we are marked not done */
-static void
-dnsbls_initiate(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
-{
-	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	lrb_assert(provider != SELF_PID);
-	lrb_assert(!is_provider_done(auth, SELF_PID));
-	lrb_assert(rb_dlink_list_length(&dnsbl_list) > 0);
-
-	if (bluser == NULL || bluser->started) {
-		/* Nothing to do */
-		return;
-	} else if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth, "ident")) {
-		/* Start the lookup if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
-		if (!lookup_all_dnsbls(auth)) {
-			dnsbls_cancel_none(auth);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static inline void
-dnsbls_generic_cancel(struct auth_client *auth, const char *message)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
-	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	if(bluser == NULL)
-		return;
-
-	if(rb_dlink_list_length(&bluser->queries))
-	{
-		notice_client(auth->cid, message);
-
-		RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, bluser->queries.head)
-		{
-			struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup = ptr->data;
-
-			cancel_query(bllookup->query);
-			unref_dnsbl(bllookup->bl);
-
-			rb_dlinkDelete(&bllookup->node, &bluser->queries);
-			rb_free(bllookup);
-		}
-	}
-
-	rb_free(bluser);
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
-	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
-	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	auth_client_unref(auth);
-}
-
-static void
-dnsbls_timeout(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	dnsbls_generic_cancel(auth, "*** No response from DNSBLs");
-}
-
-static void
-dnsbls_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	dnsbls_generic_cancel(auth, "*** Aborting DNSBL checks");
-}
-
-static void
-dnsbls_cancel_none(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	dnsbls_generic_cancel(auth, "*** Could not check DNSBLs");
-}
-
-static void
-dnsbls_destroy(void)
-{
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		dnsbls_cancel(auth);
-		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
-	}
-
-	delete_all_dnsbls();
-}
-
-static void
-add_conf_dnsbl(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
-{
-	rb_dlink_list filters = { NULL, NULL, 0 };
-	char *tmp, *elemlist = rb_strdup(parv[2]);
-	uint8_t iptype;
-
-	if(*elemlist == '*')
-		goto end;
-
-	for(char *elem = rb_strtok_r(elemlist, ",", &tmp); elem; elem = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &tmp))
-	{
-		struct dnsbl_filter *filter = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl_filter));
-		int dot_c = 0;
-		filter_t type = FILTER_LAST;
-
-		/* Check dnsbl filter type and for validity */
-		for(char *c = elem; *c != '\0'; c++)
-		{
-			if(*c == '.')
-			{
-				if(++dot_c > 3)
-				{
-					warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a bad filter (too many octets)");
-					exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-				}
-
-				type = FILTER_ALL;
-			}
-			else if(!isdigit(*c))
-			{
-				warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a bad filter (invalid character in dnsbl filter: %c)",
-						*c);
-				exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-			}
-		}
-
-		if(dot_c > 0 && dot_c < 3)
-		{
-			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a bad filter (insufficient octets)");
-			exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-		}
-
-		filter->type = type;
-		rb_strlcpy(filter->filter, elem, sizeof(filter->filter));
-		rb_dlinkAdd(filter, &filter->node, &filters);
-	}
-
-end:
-	rb_free(elemlist);
-
-	iptype = atoi(parv[1]) & 0x3;
-	if(new_dnsbl(parv[0], parv[3], iptype, &filters) == NULL)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a malformed dnsbl");
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-del_conf_dnsbl(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
-{
-	struct dnsbl *bl = find_dnsbl(parv[0]);
-	if(bl == NULL)
-	{
-		/* Not fatal for now... */
-		warn_opers(L_WARN, "dnsbl: tried to remove nonexistent dnsbl %s", parv[0]);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	delete_dnsbl(bl);
-}
-
-static void
-del_conf_dnsbl_all(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
-{
-	delete_all_dnsbls();
-}
-
-static void
-add_conf_dnsbl_timeout(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
-{
-	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
-
-	if(timeout < 0)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: dnsbl timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	dnsbl_timeout = timeout;
-}
-
-#if 0
-static void
-dnsbl_stats(uint32_t rid, char letter)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, dnsbl_list.head)
-	{
-		struct dnsbl *bl = ptr->data;
-
-		if(bl->delete)
-			continue;
-
-		stats_result(rid, letter, "%s %hhu %u", bl->host, bl->iptype, bl->hits);
-	}
-
-	stats_done(rid, letter);
-}
-#endif
-
-struct auth_opts_handler dnsbl_options[] =
-{
-	{ "rbl", 4, add_conf_dnsbl },
-	{ "rbl_del", 1, del_conf_dnsbl },
-	{ "rbl_del_all", 0, del_conf_dnsbl_all },
-	{ "rbl_timeout", 1, add_conf_dnsbl_timeout },
-	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
-};
-
-struct auth_provider dnsbl_provider =
-{
-	.name = "dnsbl",
-	.letter = 'B',
-	.destroy = dnsbls_destroy,
-	.start = dnsbls_start,
-	.cancel = dnsbls_cancel,
-	.timeout = dnsbls_timeout,
-	.completed = dnsbls_initiate,
-	.opt_handlers = dnsbl_options,
-	/* .stats_handler = { 'B', dnsbl_stats }, */
-};

authd/providers/ident.c

@@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/providers/ident.c - ident lookup provider for authd
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/* Largely adapted from old s_auth.c, but reworked for authd. rDNS code
- * moved to its own provider.
- *
- * --Elizafox 13 March 2016
- */
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "defaults.h"
-#include "match.h"
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-#include "provider.h"
-#include "res.h"
-
-#define SELF_PID (ident_provider.id)
-
-#define IDENT_BUFSIZE 128
-
-struct ident_query
-{
-	rb_fde_t *F;				/* Our FD */
-};
-
-/* Goinked from old s_auth.c --Elizafox */
-static const char *messages[] =
-{
-	"*** Checking Ident",
-	"*** Got Ident response",
-	"*** No Ident response",
-	"*** Cannot verify ident validity, ignoring ident",
-	"*** Ident disabled, not checking ident",
-};
-
-typedef enum
-{
-	REPORT_LOOKUP,
-	REPORT_FOUND,
-	REPORT_FAIL,
-	REPORT_INVALID,
-	REPORT_DISABLED,
-} ident_message;
-
-static CNCB ident_connected;
-static PF read_ident_reply;
-
-static void client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, ident_message message);
-static void client_success(struct auth_client *auth);
-static char * get_valid_ident(char *buf);
-
-static int ident_timeout = IDENT_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
-static bool ident_enable = true;
-
-
-/*
- * ident_connected() - deal with the result of rb_connect_tcp()
- *
- * If the connection failed, we simply close the auth fd and report
- * a failure. If the connection suceeded send the ident server a query
- * giving "theirport , ourport". The write is only attempted *once* so
- * it is deemed to be a fail if the entire write doesn't write all the
- * data given.  This shouldnt be a problem since the socket should have
- * a write buffer far greater than this message to store it in should
- * problems arise. -avalon
- */
-static void
-ident_connected(rb_fde_t *F __unused, int error, void *data)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth = data;
-	struct ident_query *query;
-	char authbuf[32];
-	int authlen;
-
-	lrb_assert(auth != NULL);
-	query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
-
-	/* Check the error */
-	if(error != RB_OK)
-	{
-		/* We had an error during connection :( */
-		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	snprintf(authbuf, sizeof(authbuf), "%u , %u\r\n",
-			auth->c_port, auth->l_port);
-	authlen = strlen(authbuf);
-
-	if(rb_write(query->F, authbuf, authlen) != authlen)
-	{
-		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	read_ident_reply(query->F, auth);
-}
-
-static void
-read_ident_reply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth = data;
-	char buf[IDENT_BUFSIZE + 1] = { 0 }; /* buffer to read auth reply into */
-	ident_message message = REPORT_FAIL;
-	char *s = NULL;
-	char *t = NULL;
-	ssize_t len;
-	int count;
-
-	len = rb_read(F, buf, IDENT_BUFSIZE);
-	if(len < 0 && rb_ignore_errno(errno))
-	{
-		rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_ident_reply, auth);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if(len > 0)
-	{
-		if((s = get_valid_ident(buf)) != NULL)
-		{
-			t = auth->username;
-
-			while (*s == '~' || *s == '^')
-				s++;
-
-			for (count = USERLEN; *s && count; s++)
-			{
-				if(*s == '@' || *s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
-					break;
-
-				if(*s != ' ' && *s != ':' && *s != '[')
-				{
-					*t++ = *s;
-					count--;
-				}
-			}
-			*t = '\0';
-		}
-		else
-			message = REPORT_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if (*auth->username == '\0')
-	{
-		auth->username[0] = '*';
-		auth->username[1] = '\0';
-	}
-
-	if(s == NULL)
-		client_fail(auth, message);
-	else
-		client_success(auth);
-}
-
-static void
-client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, ident_message report)
-{
-	struct ident_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
-
-	rb_strlcpy(auth->username, "*", sizeof(auth->username));
-
-	if(query->F != NULL)
-		rb_close(query->F);
-
-	rb_free(query);
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
-	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
-
-	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[report]);
-	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	auth_client_unref(auth);
-}
-
-static void
-client_success(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct ident_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
-
-	if(query->F != NULL)
-		rb_close(query->F);
-
-	rb_free(query);
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
-	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
-
-	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_FOUND]);
-	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	auth_client_unref(auth);
-}
-
-/* get_valid_ident
- * parse ident query reply from identd server
- *
- * Taken from old s_auth.c --Elizafox
- *
- * Inputs	- pointer to ident buf
- * Outputs	- NULL if no valid ident found, otherwise pointer to name
- * Side effects - None
- */
-static char *
-get_valid_ident(char *buf)
-{
-	int remp = 0;
-	int locp = 0;
-	char *colon1Ptr;
-	char *colon2Ptr;
-	char *colon3Ptr;
-	char *commaPtr;
-	char *remotePortString;
-
-	/* All this to get rid of a sscanf() fun. */
-	remotePortString = buf;
-
-	colon1Ptr = strchr(remotePortString, ':');
-	if(!colon1Ptr)
-		return NULL;
-
-	*colon1Ptr = '\0';
-	colon1Ptr++;
-	colon2Ptr = strchr(colon1Ptr, ':');
-	if(!colon2Ptr)
-		return NULL;
-
-	*colon2Ptr = '\0';
-	colon2Ptr++;
-	commaPtr = strchr(remotePortString, ',');
-
-	if(!commaPtr)
-		return NULL;
-
-	*commaPtr = '\0';
-	commaPtr++;
-
-	remp = atoi(remotePortString);
-	if(!remp)
-		return NULL;
-
-	locp = atoi(commaPtr);
-	if(!locp)
-		return NULL;
-
-	/* look for USERID bordered by first pair of colons */
-	if(!strstr(colon1Ptr, "USERID"))
-		return NULL;
-
-	colon3Ptr = strchr(colon2Ptr, ':');
-	if(!colon3Ptr)
-		return NULL;
-
-	*colon3Ptr = '\0';
-	colon3Ptr++;
-	return (colon3Ptr);
-}
-
-static void
-ident_destroy(void)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-
-	/* Nuke all ident queries */
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		if(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) != NULL)
-			client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
-	}
-}
-
-static bool
-ident_start(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct ident_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ident_query));
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage l_addr, c_addr;
-	int family = GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr);
-
-	lrb_assert(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) == NULL);
-
-	if(!ident_enable)
-	{
-		rb_free(query);
-		notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_DISABLED]);
-		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	auth_client_ref(auth);
-
-	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_LOOKUP]);
-
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, query);
-	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, ident_timeout);
-
-	if((query->F = rb_socket(family, SOCK_STREAM, auth->protocol, "ident")) == NULL)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_WARN, "Could not create ident socket: %s", strerror(errno));
-		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-		return true;	/* Not a fatal error */
-	}
-
-	/* Build sockaddr_storages for rb_connect_tcp below */
-	l_addr = auth->l_addr;
-	c_addr = auth->c_addr;
-
-	SET_SS_PORT(&l_addr, 0);
-	SET_SS_PORT(&c_addr, htons(113));
-
-	rb_connect_tcp(query->F, (struct sockaddr *)&c_addr,
-			(struct sockaddr *)&l_addr,
-			ident_connected,
-			auth, ident_timeout);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void
-ident_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct ident_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	if(query != NULL)
-		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-}
-
-static void
-add_conf_ident_timeout(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
-{
-	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
-
-	if(timeout < 0)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "Ident: ident timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	ident_timeout = timeout;
-}
-
-static void
-set_ident_enabled(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
-{
-	ident_enable = (*parv[0] == '1');
-}
-
-struct auth_opts_handler ident_options[] =
-{
-	{ "ident_timeout", 1, add_conf_ident_timeout },
-	{ "ident_enabled", 1, set_ident_enabled },
-	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
-};
-
-
-struct auth_provider ident_provider =
-{
-	.name = "ident",
-	.letter = 'I',
-	.start = ident_start,
-	.destroy = ident_destroy,
-	.cancel = ident_cancel,
-	.timeout = ident_cancel,
-	.opt_handlers = ident_options,
-};

authd/providers/opm.c

@@ -1,921 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/providers/opm.c - small open proxy monitor
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "rb_lib.h"
-#include "defaults.h"
-#include "setup.h"
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-#include "provider.h"
-
-#include <netinet/tcp.h> // TCP_NODELAY
-
-#define SELF_PID (opm_provider.id)
-
-#define OPM_READSIZE 128
-
-typedef enum protocol_t
-{
-	PROTO_NONE,
-	PROTO_SOCKS4,
-	PROTO_SOCKS5,
-	PROTO_HTTP_CONNECT,
-	PROTO_HTTPS_CONNECT,
-} protocol_t;
-
-/* Lookup data associated with auth client */
-struct opm_lookup
-{
-	rb_dlink_list scans;	/* List of scans */
-	bool in_progress;
-};
-
-struct opm_scan;
-typedef void (*opm_callback_t)(struct opm_scan *);
-
-/* A proxy scanner */
-struct opm_proxy
-{
-	char note[16];
-	protocol_t proto;
-	uint16_t port;
-	bool ssl;		/* Connect to proxy with SSL */
-	bool ipv6;		/* Proxy supports IPv6 */
-
-	opm_callback_t callback;
-
-	rb_dlink_node node;
-};
-
-/* A listener for proxy replies */
-struct opm_listener
-{
-	char ip[HOSTIPLEN];
-	uint16_t port;
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr;
-	rb_fde_t *F;
-};
-
-/* An individual proxy scan */
-struct opm_scan
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	rb_fde_t *F;			/* fd for scan */
-
-	struct opm_proxy *proxy;	/* Associated proxy */
-	struct opm_listener *listener;	/* Associated listener */
-
-	rb_dlink_node node;
-};
-
-/* Proxies that we scan for */
-static rb_dlink_list proxy_scanners;
-
-static ACCB accept_opm;
-static PF read_opm_reply;
-
-static CNCB opm_connected;
-
-static void opm_cancel(struct auth_client *auth);
-static bool create_listener(const char *ip, uint16_t port);
-
-static int opm_timeout = OPM_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
-static bool opm_enable = false;
-
-enum
-{
-	LISTEN_IPV4,
-	LISTEN_IPV6,
-	LISTEN_LAST,
-};
-
-/* IPv4 and IPv6 */
-static struct opm_listener listeners[LISTEN_LAST];
-
-static inline protocol_t
-get_protocol_from_string(const char *str)
-{
-	if(strcasecmp(str, "socks4") == 0)
-		return PROTO_SOCKS4;
-	else if(strcasecmp(str, "socks5") == 0)
-		return PROTO_SOCKS5;
-	else if(strcasecmp(str, "httpconnect") == 0)
-		return PROTO_HTTP_CONNECT;
-	else if(strcasecmp(str, "httpsconnect") == 0)
-		return PROTO_HTTPS_CONNECT;
-	else
-		return PROTO_NONE;
-}
-
-static inline struct opm_proxy *
-find_proxy_scanner(protocol_t proto, uint16_t port)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, proxy_scanners.head)
-	{
-		struct opm_proxy *proxy = ptr->data;
-
-		if(proxy->proto == proto && proxy->port == port)
-			return proxy;
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/* This is called when an open proxy connects to us */
-static void
-read_opm_reply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-	struct auth_client *auth = data;
-	struct opm_lookup *lookup;
-	char readbuf[OPM_READSIZE];
-	ssize_t len;
-
-	lrb_assert(auth != NULL);
-	lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-	lrb_assert(lookup != NULL);
-
-	if((len = rb_read(F, readbuf, sizeof(readbuf))) < 0 && rb_ignore_errno(errno))
-	{
-		rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_opm_reply, auth);
-		return;
-	}
-	else if(len <= 0)
-	{
-		/* Dead */
-		rb_close(F);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, proxy_scanners.head)
-	{
-		struct opm_proxy *proxy = ptr->data;
-
-		if(strncmp(proxy->note, readbuf, strlen(proxy->note)) == 0)
-		{
-			rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
-
-			/* Cancel outstanding lookups */
-			RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, lookup->scans.head)
-			{
-				struct opm_scan *scan = ptr->data;
-
-				rb_close(scan->F);
-				rb_free(scan);
-			}
-
-			/* No longer needed, client is going away */
-			rb_free(lookup);
-
-			reject_client(auth, SELF_PID, readbuf, "Open proxy detected");
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	rb_close(F);
-}
-
-static void
-accept_opm(rb_fde_t *F, int status, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t len, void *data)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth = NULL;
-	struct opm_listener *listener = data;
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage localaddr;
-	unsigned int llen = sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage);
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-
-	if(status != 0 || listener == NULL)
-	{
-		rb_close(F);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if(getsockname(rb_get_fd(F), (struct sockaddr *)&localaddr, &llen))
-	{
-		/* This can happen if the client goes away after accept */
-		rb_close(F);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Correlate connection with client(s) */
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) != GET_SS_FAMILY(&localaddr))
-			continue;
-
-		/* Compare the addresses */
-		switch(GET_SS_FAMILY(&localaddr))
-		{
-		case AF_INET:
-			{
-				struct sockaddr_in *s = (struct sockaddr_in *)&localaddr, *c = (struct sockaddr_in *)&auth->c_addr;
-
-				if(s->sin_addr.s_addr == c->sin_addr.s_addr)
-				{
-					/* Match... check if it's real */
-					rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_opm_reply, auth);
-					return;
-				}
-				break;
-			}
-		case AF_INET6:
-			{
-				struct sockaddr_in6 *s = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&localaddr, *c = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&auth->c_addr;
-
-				if(IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&s->sin6_addr, &c->sin6_addr))
-				{
-					rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_opm_reply, auth);
-					return;
-				}
-				break;
-			}
-		default:
-			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: unknown address type in listen function");
-			exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* We don't care about the socket if we get here */
-	rb_close(F);
-}
-
-/* Scanners */
-
-static void
-opm_connected(rb_fde_t *F, int error, void *data)
-{
-	struct opm_scan *scan = data;
-	struct opm_proxy *proxy = scan->proxy;
-	struct auth_client *auth = scan->auth;
-	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	if(error || !opm_enable)
-	{
-		//notice_client(scan->auth->cid, "*** Scan not connected: %s", proxy->note);
-		goto end;
-	}
-
-	switch(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr))
-	{
-	case AF_INET:
-		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F == NULL)
-			/* They cannot respond to us */
-			goto end;
-
-		break;
-	case AF_INET6:
-		if(!proxy->ipv6)
-			/* Welp, too bad */
-			goto end;
-
-		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F == NULL)
-			/* They cannot respond to us */
-			goto end;
-
-		break;
-	default:
-		goto end;
-	}
-
-	proxy->callback(scan);
-
-end:
-	rb_close(scan->F);
-	rb_dlinkDelete(&scan->node, &lookup->scans);
-	rb_free(scan);
-}
-
-static void
-socks4_connected(struct opm_scan *scan)
-{
-	uint8_t sendbuf[9]; /* Size we're building */
-	uint8_t *c = sendbuf;
-
-	memcpy(c, "\x04\x01", 2); c += 2; /* Socks version 4, connect command */
-	memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_port), 2); c += 2; /* Port */
-	memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_addr.s_addr), 4); c += 4; /* Address */
-	*c = '\x00'; /* No userid */
-
-	/* Send header */
-	if(rb_write(scan->F, sendbuf, sizeof(sendbuf)) < 0)
-		return;
-
-	/* Send note */
-	if(rb_write(scan->F, scan->proxy->note, strlen(scan->proxy->note) + 1) < 0)
-		return;
-}
-
-static void
-socks5_connected(struct opm_scan *scan)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth = scan->auth;
-	uint8_t sendbuf[25]; /* Size we're building */
-	uint8_t *c = sendbuf;
-
-	/* Build the version header and socks request
-	 * version header (3 bytes): version, number of auth methods, auth type (0 for none)
-	 * connect req (3 bytes): version, command (1 = connect), reserved (0)
-	 */
-	memcpy(c, "\x05\x01\x00\x05\x01\x00", 6); c += 6;
-
-	switch(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr))
-	{
-	case AF_INET:
-		*(c++) = '\x01'; /* Address type (1 = IPv4) */
-		memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_addr.s_addr), 4); c += 4; /* Address */
-		memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_port), 2); c += 2; /* Port */
-		break;
-	case AF_INET6:
-		*(c++) = '\x04'; /* Address type (4 = IPv6) */
-		memcpy(c, ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin6_addr.s6_addr, 16); c += 16; /* Address */
-		memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin6_port), 2); c += 2; /* Port */
-		break;
-	default:
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Send header */
-	if(rb_write(scan->F, sendbuf, (size_t)(sendbuf - c)) <= 0)
-		return;
-
-	/* Now the note in a separate write */
-	if(rb_write(scan->F, scan->proxy->note, strlen(scan->proxy->note) + 1) <= 0)
-		return;
-}
-
-static void
-http_connect_connected(struct opm_scan *scan)
-{
-	char sendbuf[128]; /* A bit bigger than we need but better safe than sorry */
-
-	/* Simple enough to build */
-	snprintf(sendbuf, sizeof(sendbuf), "CONNECT %s:%hu HTTP/1.0\r\n\r\n", scan->listener->ip, scan->listener->port);
-
-	/* Send request */
-	if(rb_write(scan->F, sendbuf, strlen(sendbuf)) <= 0)
-		return;
-
-	/* Now the note in a separate write */
-	if(rb_write(scan->F, scan->proxy->note, strlen(scan->proxy->note) + 1) <= 0)
-		return;
-
-	/* MiroTik needs this, and as a separate write */
-	if(rb_write(scan->F, "\r\n", 2) <= 0)
-		return;
-}
-
-/* Establish connections */
-static inline void
-establish_connection(struct auth_client *auth, struct opm_proxy *proxy)
-{
-	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-	struct opm_scan *scan = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct opm_scan));
-	struct opm_listener *listener;
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage c_a, l_a;
-	int opt = 1;
-
-	lrb_assert(lookup != NULL);
-
-	if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) == AF_INET6)
-	{
-		if(proxy->proto == PROTO_SOCKS4)
-		{
-			/* SOCKS4 doesn't support IPv6 */
-			rb_free(scan);
-			return;
-		}
-		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV6];
-	}
-	else
-		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV4];
-
-	if(listener->F == NULL)
-	{
-		/* We can't respond */
-		rb_free(scan);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	c_a = auth->c_addr;	/* Client */
-	l_a = listener->addr;	/* Listener (connect using its IP) */
-
-	scan->auth = auth;
-	scan->proxy = proxy;
-	scan->listener = listener;
-	if((scan->F = rb_socket(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr), SOCK_STREAM, 0, proxy->note)) == NULL)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_WARN, "OPM: could not create OPM socket (proto %s): %s", proxy->note, strerror(errno));
-		rb_free(scan);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Disable Nagle's algorithim - buffering could affect scans */
-	(void)setsockopt(rb_get_fd(scan->F), IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, (char *)&opt, sizeof(opt));
-
-	SET_SS_PORT(&l_a, 0);
-	SET_SS_PORT(&c_a, htons(proxy->port));
-
-	rb_dlinkAdd(scan, &scan->node, &lookup->scans);
-
-	if(!proxy->ssl)
-		rb_connect_tcp(scan->F,
-				(struct sockaddr *)&c_a,
-				(struct sockaddr *)&l_a,
-				opm_connected, scan, opm_timeout);
-	else
-		rb_connect_tcp_ssl(scan->F,
-				(struct sockaddr *)&c_a,
-				(struct sockaddr *)&l_a,
-				opm_connected, scan, opm_timeout);
-}
-
-static bool
-create_listener(const char *ip, uint16_t port)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	struct opm_listener *listener;
-	struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr;
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-	rb_fde_t *F;
-	int opt = 1;
-
-	if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(ip, &addr))
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad listener: %s:%hu", ip, port);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	SET_SS_PORT(&addr, htons(port));
-
-	if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&addr) == AF_INET6)
-	{
-		struct sockaddr_in6 *a1, *a2;
-
-		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV6];
-
-		a1 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&addr;
-		a2 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&listener->addr;
-
-		if(IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&a1->sin6_addr, &a2->sin6_addr) &&
-			GET_SS_PORT(&addr) == GET_SS_PORT(&listener->addr) &&
-			listener->F != NULL)
-		{
-			/* Listener already exists */
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		struct sockaddr_in *a1, *a2;
-
-		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV4];
-
-		a1 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&addr;
-		a2 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&listener->addr;
-
-		if(a1->sin_addr.s_addr == a2->sin_addr.s_addr &&
-			GET_SS_PORT(&addr) == GET_SS_PORT(&listener->addr) &&
-			listener->F != NULL)
-		{
-			/* Listener already exists */
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if((F = rb_socket(GET_SS_FAMILY(&addr), SOCK_STREAM, 0, "OPM listener socket")) == NULL)
-	{
-		/* This shouldn't fail, or we have big problems... */
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: cannot create socket: %s", strerror(errno));
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if(setsockopt(rb_get_fd(F), SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&opt, sizeof(opt)))
-	{
-		/* This shouldn't fail either... */
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: cannot set options on socket: %s", strerror(errno));
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if(bind(rb_get_fd(F), (struct sockaddr *)&addr, GET_SS_LEN(&addr)))
-	{
-		/* Shit happens, let's not cripple authd over /this/ since it could be user error */
-		warn_opers(L_WARN, "OPM: cannot bind on socket: %s", strerror(errno));
-		rb_close(F);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if(rb_listen(F, SOMAXCONN, false)) /* deferred accept could interfere with detection */
-	{
-		/* Again, could be user error */
-		warn_opers(L_WARN, "OPM: cannot listen on socket: %s", strerror(errno));
-		rb_close(F);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/* From this point forward we assume we have a listener */
-
-	if(listener->F != NULL)
-		/* Close old listener */
-		rb_close(listener->F);
-
-	listener->F = F;
-
-	/* Cancel clients that may be on old listener
-	 * XXX - should rescan clients that need it
-	 */
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		opm_cancel(auth);
-		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
-	}
-
-	/* Copy data */
-	rb_strlcpy(listener->ip, ip, sizeof(listener->ip));
-	listener->port = port;
-	listener->addr = addr;
-
-	opm_enable = true; /* Implicitly set this to true for now if we have a listener */
-	rb_accept_tcp(listener->F, NULL, accept_opm, listener);
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void
-opm_scan(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-	struct opm_lookup *lookup;
-
-	lrb_assert(auth != NULL);
-
-	lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, opm_timeout);
-
-	lookup->in_progress = true;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, proxy_scanners.head)
-	{
-		struct opm_proxy *proxy = ptr->data;
-		//notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Scanning for proxy type %s", proxy->note);
-		establish_connection(auth, proxy);
-	}
-
-	notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Scanning for open proxies...");
-}
-
-/* This is called every time a provider is completed as long as we are marked not done */
-static void
-opm_initiate(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
-{
-	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	lrb_assert(provider != SELF_PID);
-	lrb_assert(!is_provider_done(auth, SELF_PID));
-	lrb_assert(rb_dlink_list_length(&proxy_scanners) > 0);
-
-	if (lookup == NULL || lookup->in_progress) {
-		/* Nothing to do */
-		return;
-	} else if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth,"ident")) {
-		/* Start scanning if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
-		opm_scan(auth);
-	}
-}
-
-static bool
-opm_start(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	lrb_assert(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) == NULL);
-
-	if (!opm_enable || rb_dlink_list_length(&proxy_scanners) == 0) {
-		/* Nothing to do... */
-		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	auth_client_ref(auth);
-
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, rb_malloc(sizeof(struct opm_lookup)));
-
-	if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth, "ident")) {
-		/* Start scanning if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
-		opm_scan(auth);
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void
-opm_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	if(lookup != NULL)
-	{
-		rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
-
-		notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Did not detect open proxies");
-
-		RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, lookup->scans.head)
-		{
-			struct opm_scan *scan = ptr->data;
-
-			rb_close(scan->F);
-			rb_free(scan);
-		}
-
-		rb_free(lookup);
-
-		set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
-		set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
-		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-		auth_client_unref(auth);
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-opm_destroy(void)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-
-	/* Nuke all opm lookups */
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		opm_cancel(auth);
-		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
-	}
-}
-
-
-static void
-add_conf_opm_timeout(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
-{
-	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
-
-	if(timeout < 0)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "opm: opm timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	opm_timeout = timeout;
-}
-
-static void
-set_opm_enabled(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
-{
-	bool enable = (*parv[0] == '1');
-
-	if(!enable)
-	{
-		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F != NULL || listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F != NULL)
-		{
-			struct auth_client *auth;
-			rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-
-			/* Close the listening socket */
-			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F != NULL)
-				rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F);
-
-			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F != NULL)
-				rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F);
-
-			listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F = listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F = NULL;
-
-			RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-			{
-				opm_cancel(auth);
-				/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].ip[0] != '\0' && listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].port != 0)
-		{
-			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F == NULL)
-				/* Pre-configured IP/port, just re-establish */
-				create_listener(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].ip, listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].port);
-		}
-
-		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].ip[0] != '\0' && listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].port != 0)
-		{
-			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F == NULL)
-				/* Pre-configured IP/port, just re-establish */
-				create_listener(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].ip, listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].port);
-		}
-	}
-
-	opm_enable = enable;
-}
-
-static void
-set_opm_listener(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
-{
-	const char *ip = parv[0];
-	int iport = atoi(parv[1]);
-
-	if(iport > 65535 || iport <= 0)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad listener: %s:%s", parv[0], parv[1]);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	create_listener(ip, (uint16_t)iport);
-}
-
-static void
-create_opm_scanner(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
-{
-	int iport = atoi(parv[1]);
-	struct opm_proxy *proxy = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct opm_proxy));
-
-	if(iport <= 0 || iport > 65535)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad scanner: %s (port %s)", parv[0], parv[1]);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	proxy->port = (uint16_t)iport;
-
-	switch((proxy->proto = get_protocol_from_string(parv[0])))
-	{
-	case PROTO_SOCKS4:
-		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "socks4:%hu", proxy->port);
-		proxy->ssl = false;
-		proxy->callback = socks4_connected;
-		break;
-	case PROTO_SOCKS5:
-		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "socks5:%hu", proxy->port);
-		proxy->ssl = false;
-		proxy->callback = socks5_connected;
-		break;
-	case PROTO_HTTP_CONNECT:
-		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "httpconnect:%hu", proxy->port);
-		proxy->ssl = false;
-		proxy->callback = http_connect_connected;
-		break;
-	case PROTO_HTTPS_CONNECT:
-		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "httpsconnect:%hu", proxy->port);
-		proxy->callback = http_connect_connected;
-		proxy->ssl = true;
-		break;
-	default:
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got an unknown proxy type: %s (port %hu)", parv[0], proxy->port);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if(find_proxy_scanner(proxy->proto, proxy->port) != NULL)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a duplicate scanner: %s (port %hu)", parv[0], proxy->port);
-		rb_free(proxy);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	rb_dlinkAdd(proxy, &proxy->node, &proxy_scanners);
-}
-
-static void
-delete_opm_scanner(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	struct opm_proxy *proxy;
-	protocol_t proto = get_protocol_from_string(parv[0]);
-	int iport = atoi(parv[1]);
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-
-	if(iport <= 0 || iport > 65535)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad scanner to delete: %s (port %s)", parv[0], parv[1]);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if(proto == PROTO_NONE)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got an unknown proxy type to delete: %s (port %d)", parv[0], iport);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	if((proxy = find_proxy_scanner(proto, (uint16_t)iport)) == NULL)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: cannot find proxy to delete: %s (port %d)", parv[0], iport);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	/* Abort remaining clients on this scanner */
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-		struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-		if(lookup == NULL)
-			continue;
-
-		auth_client_ref(auth);
-
-		RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lookup->scans.head)
-		{
-			struct opm_scan *scan = ptr->data;
-
-			if(scan->proxy->port == proxy->port && scan->proxy->proto == proxy->proto)
-			{
-				/* Match */
-				rb_dlinkDelete(&scan->node, &lookup->scans);
-				rb_free(scan);
-
-				if(rb_dlink_list_length(&lookup->scans) == 0)
-					opm_cancel(auth);
-
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		auth_client_unref(auth);
-	}
-
-	rb_dlinkDelete(&proxy->node, &proxy_scanners);
-	rb_free(proxy);
-
-	if(rb_dlink_list_length(&proxy_scanners) == 0)
-		opm_enable = false;
-}
-
-static void
-delete_opm_scanner_all(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv __unused)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, proxy_scanners.head)
-	{
-		rb_free(ptr->data);
-		rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &proxy_scanners);
-	}
-
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		opm_cancel(auth);
-		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
-	}
-
-	opm_enable = false;
-}
-
-static void
-delete_opm_listener_all(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv __unused)
-{
-	if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F != NULL)
-		rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F);
-
-	if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F != NULL)
-		rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F);
-
-	memset(&listeners, 0, sizeof(listeners));
-}
-
-
-struct auth_opts_handler opm_options[] =
-{
-	{ "opm_timeout", 1, add_conf_opm_timeout },
-	{ "opm_enabled", 1, set_opm_enabled },
-	{ "opm_listener", 2, set_opm_listener },
-	{ "opm_listener_del_all", 0, delete_opm_listener_all },
-	{ "opm_scanner", 2, create_opm_scanner },
-	{ "opm_scanner_del", 2, delete_opm_scanner },
-	{ "opm_scanner_del_all", 0, delete_opm_scanner_all },
-	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
-};
-
-struct auth_provider opm_provider =
-{
-	.name = "opm",
-	.letter = 'O',
-	.destroy = opm_destroy,
-	.start = opm_start,
-	.cancel = opm_cancel,
-	.timeout = opm_cancel,
-	.completed = opm_initiate,
-	.opt_handlers = opm_options,
-};

authd/providers/rdns.c

@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-/* authd/providers/rdns.c - rDNS lookup provider for authd
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
- * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
- * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "rb_commio.h"
-#include "authd.h"
-#include "provider.h"
-#include "notice.h"
-#include "res.h"
-#include "dns.h"
-
-#define SELF_PID (rdns_provider.id)
-
-struct user_query
-{
-	struct dns_query *query;		/* Pending DNS query */
-};
-
-/* Goinked from old s_auth.c --Elizabeth */
-static const char *messages[] =
-{
-	"*** Looking up your hostname...",
-	"*** Couldn't look up your hostname",
-	"*** Your hostname is too long, ignoring hostname",
-};
-
-typedef enum
-{
-	REPORT_LOOKUP,
-	REPORT_FAIL,
-	REPORT_TOOLONG,
-} dns_message;
-
-static void client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, dns_message message);
-static void client_success(struct auth_client *auth);
-static void dns_answer_callback(const char *res, bool status, query_type type, void *data);
-
-static int rdns_timeout = RDNS_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
-
-static void
-dns_answer_callback(const char *res, bool status, query_type type, void *data)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth = data;
-
-	if(res == NULL || status == false)
-		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-	else if(strlen(res) > HOSTLEN)
-		client_fail(auth, REPORT_TOOLONG);
-	else
-	{
-		rb_strlcpy(auth->hostname, res, HOSTLEN + 1);
-		client_success(auth);
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, dns_message report)
-{
-	struct user_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
-
-	rb_strlcpy(auth->hostname, "*", sizeof(auth->hostname));
-
-	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[report]);
-	cancel_query(query->query);
-
-	rb_free(query);
-
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
-	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
-	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	auth_client_unref(auth);
-}
-
-static void
-client_success(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct user_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
-
-	notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Found your hostname: %s", auth->hostname);
-	cancel_query(query->query);
-
-	rb_free(query);
-
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
-	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
-	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	auth_client_unref(auth);
-}
-
-static void
-rdns_destroy(void)
-{
-	struct auth_client *auth;
-	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
-
-	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
-	{
-		if(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) != NULL)
-			client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
-	}
-}
-
-static bool
-rdns_start(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct user_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct user_query));
-
-	auth_client_ref(auth);
-
-	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, query);
-	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, rdns_timeout);
-
-	query->query = lookup_hostname(auth->c_ip, dns_answer_callback, auth);
-
-	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_LOOKUP]);
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void
-rdns_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
-{
-	struct user_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
-
-	if(query != NULL)
-		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
-}
-
-static void
-add_conf_dns_timeout(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
-{
-	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
-
-	if(timeout < 0)
-	{
-		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "rDNS: DNS timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
-		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
-	}
-
-	rdns_timeout = timeout;
-}
-
-struct auth_opts_handler rdns_options[] =
-{
-	{ "rdns_timeout", 1, add_conf_dns_timeout },
-	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
-};
-
-struct auth_provider rdns_provider =
-{
-	.name = "rdns",
-	.letter = 'R',
-	.destroy = rdns_destroy,
-	.start = rdns_start,
-	.cancel = rdns_cancel,
-	.timeout = rdns_cancel,
-	.opt_handlers = rdns_options,
-};

autogen.sh

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-TOP_DIR=$(dirname $0)
-LAST_DIR=$PWD
-
-if test ! -f $TOP_DIR/configure.ac ; then
-   echo "You must execute this script from the top level directory."
-   exit 1
-fi
-
-AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF:-autoconf}
-ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL:-aclocal}
-AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE:-automake}
-AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER:-autoheader}
-LIBTOOLIZE=${LIBTOOLIZE:-libtoolize}
-#SHTOOLIZE=${SHTOOLIZE:-shtoolize}
-
-dump_help_screen ()
-{
-   echo "Usage: $0 [options]"
-   echo 
-   echo "options:"
-   echo "  -n           skip CVS changelog creation"
-   echo "  -h,--help    show this help screen"
-   echo
-   exit 0
-}
-
-parse_options ()
-{
-   while test "$1" != "" ; do
-      case $1 in
-         -h|--help)
-            dump_help_screen
-            ;;
-         -n)
-            SKIP_CVS_CHANGELOG=yes
-            ;;
-         *)
-            echo Invalid argument - $1
-            dump_help_screen
-            ;;
-      esac
-      shift
-   done
-}
-
-run_or_die ()
-{
-   COMMAND=$1
-   
-   # check for empty commands
-   if test -z "$COMMAND" ; then
-      echo "*warning* no command specified"
-      return 1
-   fi
-   
-   shift;
-
-   OPTIONS="$@"
-   
-   # print a message
-   echo -n "*info* running $COMMAND"
-   if test -n "$OPTIONS" ; then
-      echo " ($OPTIONS)"
-   else
-      echo
-   fi
-
-   # run or die
-   $COMMAND $OPTIONS ; RESULT=$?
-   if test $RESULT -ne 0 ; then
-      echo "*error* $COMMAND failed. (exit code = $RESULT)"
-      exit 1
-   fi
-   
-   return 0
-}
-
-parse_options "$@"
-
-echo "Building librb autotools files."
-
-cd "$TOP_DIR"/librb
-sh autogen.sh
-
-echo "Building main autotools files."
-
-cd "$LAST_DIR"
-
-run_or_die $ACLOCAL -I m4
-run_or_die $LIBTOOLIZE --force --copy
-run_or_die $AUTOHEADER
-run_or_die $AUTOCONF
-run_or_die $AUTOMAKE --add-missing --copy
-#run_or_die $SHTOOLIZE all

bandb/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-pkglibexec_PROGRAMS = bandb
-bin_PROGRAMS = solanum-bantool
-AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS)
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I../include -I../librb/include @SQLITE_INCLUDES@
-
-bandb_SOURCES = bandb.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c
-bandb_LDADD = ../librb/src/librb.la @SQLITE_LD@
-
-solanum_bantool_SOURCES = bantool.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c
-solanum_bantool_LDADD = ../librb/src/librb.la @SQLITE_LD@

bandb/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#
+# Makefile.in for bandb/src
+#
+# $Id: Makefile.in 1285 2006-05-05 15:03:53Z nenolod $
+#
+
+CC              = @CC@
+INSTALL         = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_BIN     = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA    = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SUID    = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755
+RM              = @RM@
+LEX             = @LEX@
+LEXLIB          = @LEXLIB@
+CFLAGS          = @IRC_CFLAGS@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
+LDFLAGS         = @LDFLAGS@
+MKDEP           = @MKDEP@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
+MV              = @MV@
+RM              = @RM@
+prefix          = @prefix@
+exec_prefix     = @exec_prefix@
+bindir          = @bindir@
+libdir		= @libdir@
+libexecdir      = @libexecdir@
+pkglibexecdir   = @pkglibexecdir@
+sysconfdir	= @sysconfdir@
+localstatedir   = @localstatedir@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+
+PROGRAM_PREFIX   = @PROGRAM_PREFIX@
+
+SQLITE_LIBS	= @SQLITE_LD@
+SQLITE_INCLUDES	= @SQLITE_INCLUDES@
+ZIP_LIB		= @ZLIB_LD@
+
+IRCDLIBS	= @MODULES_LIBS@ -L../libratbox/src/.libs -lratbox @LIBS@ $(SSL_LIBS) $(ZIP_LIB) $(SQLITE_LIBS)
+
+INCLUDES        = -I. -I../include -I../libratbox/include $(SSL_INCLUDES) $(SQLITE_INCLUDES)
+CPPFLAGS        = ${INCLUDES} @CPPFLAGS@
+
+CFLAGS          += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
+
+pkglibexec_PROGS = bandb
+bin_PROGS       = bantool
+PROGS		= $(pkglibexec_PROGS) $(bin_PROGS)
+
+BANDB_SOURCES =     \
+  bandb.c	\
+  rsdb_snprintf.c \
+  rsdb_sqlite3.c \
+  @SQLITE_SRC@
+
+BANDB_OBJECTS = ${BANDB_SOURCES:.c=.o}
+
+BANTOOL_SOURCES =     \
+  bantool.c	\
+  rsdb_snprintf.c \
+  rsdb_sqlite3.c \
+  @SQLITE_SRC@
+
+BANTOOL_OBJECTS = ${BANTOOL_SOURCES:.c=.o}
+
+all: bandb bantool
+
+build: all
+
+bandb: ${BANDB_OBJECTS}
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -o $@ ${BANDB_OBJECTS} ${IRCDLIBS}
+
+bantool: ${BANTOOL_OBJECTS}
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -o $@ ${BANTOOL_OBJECTS} ${IRCDLIBS}
+
+install: build
+	@echo "ircd: installing bandb ($(PROGS))"
+	@for i in $(bin_PROGS); do \
+                if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; then \
+                        $(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i.old; \
+                fi; \
+                $(INSTALL_BIN) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; \
+        done
+	@for i in $(pkglibexec_PROGS); do \
+		if test -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i; then \
+			$(MV) '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i.old; \
+		fi; \
+		$(INSTALL_BIN) $$i '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i; \
+	done
+
+.c.o:
+	${CC} ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} -c $<
+
+.PHONY: depend clean distclean
+depend:
+	@${MKDEP} ${CPPFLAGS} ${SOURCES} > .depend.tmp
+	@sed -e '/^# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' <Makefile >Makefile.depend
+	@echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE!!!' >>Makefile.depend
+	@echo '# make depend needs it.' >>Makefile.depend
+	@cat .depend.tmp >>Makefile.depend
+	@mv Makefile.depend Makefile
+	@rm -f .depend.tmp
+
+clean:
+	${RM} -f *.o *~ *.core core bandb bantool
+
+lint:
+	lint -aacgprxhH $(CPPFLAGS) -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\" $(SOURCES) >>../lint.out
+
+distclean: clean
+	${RM} -f Makefile
+
+# End of Makefile

bandb/bandb.c

@@ -26,12 +26,14 @@
  * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
  * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * $Id: bandb.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $
  */
 #include "setup.h"
-#include <rb_lib.h>
+#include <ratbox_lib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "rsdb.h"
-#include "ircd_defs.h"
+#include "common.h"
 
 
 #define MAXPARA 10
@@ -159,11 +161,11 @@ list_bans(void)
 		for(j = 0; j < table.row_count; j++)
 		{
 			if(i == BANDB_KLINE)
-				snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s %s :%s",
+				rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s %s :%s",
 					    bandb_letter[i], table.row[j][0],
 					    table.row[j][1], table.row[j][2], table.row[j][3]);
 			else
-				snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s :%s",
+				rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s :%s",
 					    bandb_letter[i], table.row[j][0],
 					    table.row[j][2], table.row[j][3]);
 
@@ -236,10 +238,7 @@ parse_request(rb_helper *helper)
 }
 
 
-static void
-error_cb(rb_helper *helper) __attribute__((noreturn));
-
-static void
+static void __attribute__((noreturn))
 error_cb(rb_helper *helper)
 {
 	if(in_transaction)
@@ -247,15 +246,18 @@ error_cb(rb_helper *helper)
 	exit(1);
 }
 
+#ifndef WINDOWS
 static void
 dummy_handler(int sig)
 {
 	return;
 }
+#endif
 
 static void
 setup_signals(void)
 {
+#ifndef WINDOWS
 	struct sigaction act;
 
 	act.sa_flags = 0;
@@ -278,17 +280,15 @@ setup_signals(void)
 
 	act.sa_handler = dummy_handler;
 	sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0);
+#endif
 }
 
 
-static void
-db_error_cb(const char *errstr) __attribute__((noreturn));
-
-static void
+static void __attribute__((noreturn))
 db_error_cb(const char *errstr)
 {
 	char buf[256];
-	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "! :%s", errstr);
+	rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "! :%s", errstr);
 	rb_helper_write(bandb_helper, "%s", buf);
 	rb_sleep(1 << 30, 0);
 	exit(1);
@@ -302,16 +302,16 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	if(bandb_helper == NULL)
 	{
 		fprintf(stderr,
-			"This is the solanum bandb for internal ircd use.\n");
+			"This is ircd-ratbox bandb.  You aren't supposed to run me directly. Maybe you want bantool?\n");
 		fprintf(stderr,
-			"You aren't supposed to run me directly (did you want solanum-bantool?). Exiting.\n");
+			"However I will print my Id tag $Id: bandb.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $\n");
+		fprintf(stderr, "Have a nice day\n");
 		exit(1);
 	}
 	rsdb_init(db_error_cb);
 	check_schema();
 	rb_helper_loop(bandb_helper, 0);
-
-	return 0;
+	/* UNREACHABLE */
 }
 
 static void

bandb/bantool.c

@@ -22,6 +22,9 @@
  *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307
  *  USA
  *
+ *  $Id: bantool.c 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $
+ *
+ *
  * The following server admins have either contributed various configs to test against,
  * or helped with debugging and feature requests. Many thanks to them.
  * stevoo / efnet.port80.se
@@ -40,9 +43,11 @@
 #include <time.h>
 
 #include "stdinc.h"
+#include "common.h"
 #include "rsdb.h"
 
 #define EmptyString(x) ((x == NULL) || (*(x) == '\0'))
+#define CheckEmpty(x) EmptyString(x) ? "" : x
 
 #define BT_VERSION "0.4.1"
 
@@ -91,16 +96,16 @@ struct counter
 /* flags set by command line options */
 struct flags
 {
-	bool none;
-	bool export;
-	bool import;
-	bool verify;
-	bool vacuum;
-	bool pretend;
-	bool verbose;
-	bool wipe;
-	bool dupes_ok;
-} flag = {true, false, false, false, false, false, false, false, false};
+	int none;
+	int export;
+	int import;
+	int verify;
+	int vacuum;
+	int pretend;
+	int verbose;
+	int wipe;
+	int dupes_ok;
+} flag = {YES, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO};
 /* *INDENT-ON* */
 
 static int table_has_rows(const char *table);
@@ -141,34 +146,34 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		{
 		case 'h':
 			print_help(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-			break;
+			/* noreturn call above, this is unreachable */
 		case 'i':
-			flag.none = false;
-			flag.import = true;
+			flag.none = NO;
+			flag.import = YES;
 			break;
 		case 'e':
-			flag.none = false;
-			flag.export = true;
+			flag.none = NO;
+			flag.export = YES;
 			break;
 		case 'u':
-			flag.none = false;
-			flag.verify = true;
+			flag.none = NO;
+			flag.verify = YES;
 			break;
 		case 's':
-			flag.none = false;
-			flag.vacuum = true;
+			flag.none = NO;
+			flag.vacuum = YES;
 			break;
 		case 'p':
-			flag.pretend = true;
+			flag.pretend = YES;
 			break;
 		case 'v':
-			flag.verbose = true;
+			flag.verbose = YES;
 			break;
 		case 'w':
-			flag.wipe = true;
+			flag.wipe = YES;
 			break;
 		case 'd':
-			flag.dupes_ok = true;
+			flag.dupes_ok = YES;
 			break;
 		default:	/* '?' */
 			print_help(EXIT_FAILURE);
@@ -196,9 +201,10 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		rb_strlcpy(etc, ETCPATH, sizeof(ETCPATH));
 
 	fprintf(stdout,
-		"* solanum bantool v.%s\n", BT_VERSION);
+		"* ircd-ratbox bantool v.%s ($Id: bantool.c 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $)\n",
+		BT_VERSION);
 
-	if(flag.pretend == false)
+	if(flag.pretend == NO)
 	{
 		if(rsdb_init(db_error_cb) == -1)
 		{
@@ -212,7 +218,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 		if(flag.import && flag.wipe)
 		{
-			flag.dupes_ok = true;	/* dont check for dupes if we are wiping the db clean */
+			flag.dupes_ok = YES;	/* dont check for dupes if we are wiping the db clean */
 			for(i = 0; i < 3; i++)
 				fprintf(stdout,
 					"* WARNING: YOU ARE ABOUT TO WIPE YOUR DATABASE!\n");
@@ -224,19 +230,16 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			wipe_schema();
 		}
 	}
-	if(flag.verbose && flag.dupes_ok == true)
+	if(flag.verbose && flag.dupes_ok == YES)
 		fprintf(stdout, "* Allowing duplicate bans...\n");
 
 	/* checking for our files to import or export */
 	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++)
 	{
-		if (snprintf(conf, sizeof(conf), "%s/%s.conf%s",
-			    etc, bandb_table[i], bandb_suffix[i]) >= sizeof(conf)) {
-			fprintf(stderr, "* Error: Config filename too long\n");
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
+		rb_snprintf(conf, sizeof(conf), "%s/%s.conf%s",
+			    etc, bandb_table[i], bandb_suffix[i]);
 
-		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == false)
+		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == NO)
 			rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_START);
 
 		if(flag.import)
@@ -245,7 +248,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		if(flag.export)
 			export_config(conf, i);
 
-		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == false)
+		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == NO)
 			rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_END);
 	}
 
@@ -294,11 +297,11 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 		return;
 
 	if(strstr(conf, ".perm") != 0)
-		snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
+		rb_snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
 			    "SELECT DISTINCT mask1,mask2,reason,oper,time FROM %s WHERE perm = 1 ORDER BY time",
 			    bandb_table[id]);
 	else
-		snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
+		rb_snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
 			    "SELECT DISTINCT mask1,mask2,reason,oper,time FROM %s WHERE perm = 0 ORDER BY time",
 			    bandb_table[id]);
 
@@ -327,7 +330,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 		{
 		case BANDB_DLINE:
 		case BANDB_DLINE_PERM:
-			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    table.row[j][mask1],
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -337,7 +340,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 		case BANDB_XLINE:
 		case BANDB_XLINE_PERM:
-			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"0\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    escape_quotes(table.row[j][mask1]),
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 		case BANDB_RESV:
 		case BANDB_RESV_PERM:
-			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    table.row[j][mask1],
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -355,7 +358,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 
 		default:	/* Klines */
-			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"%s\",\"\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    table.row[j][mask1], table.row[j][mask2],
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -494,13 +497,13 @@ import_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 		/* append operreason_field to reason_field */
 		if(!EmptyString(f_oreason))
-			snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s | %s", f_reason, f_oreason);
+			rb_snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s | %s", f_reason, f_oreason);
 		else
-			snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s", f_reason);
+			rb_snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s", f_reason);
 
-		if(flag.pretend == false)
+		if(flag.pretend == NO)
 		{
-			if(flag.dupes_ok == false)
+			if(flag.dupes_ok == NO)
 				drop_dupes(f_mask1, f_mask2, bandb_table[id]);
 
 			rsdb_exec(NULL,
@@ -743,7 +746,7 @@ check_schema(void)
 		NULL
 	};
 
-	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i += 2 /* skip over _PERM */)
+	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++)
 	{
 		if(!table_exists(bandb_table[i]))
 		{
@@ -770,6 +773,8 @@ check_schema(void)
 					  columns[j], type);
 			}
 		}
+
+		i++;		/* skip over .perm */
 	}
 }
 
@@ -807,16 +812,17 @@ table_has_rows(const char *dbtab)
 }
 
 /**
- * completely wipes out an existing ban.db of all entries.
+ * completly wipes out an existing ban.db of all entries.
  */
 static void
 wipe_schema(void)
 {
 	int i;
 	rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_START);
-	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i += 2 /* double increment to skip over _PERM */)
+	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++)
 	{
 		rsdb_exec(NULL, "DROP TABLE %s", bandb_table[i]);
+		i++;		/* double increment to skip over .perm */
 	}
 	rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_END);
 
@@ -853,7 +859,7 @@ bt_smalldate(const char *string)
 	lt = gmtime(&t);
 	if(lt == NULL)
 		return NULL;
-	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d/%d/%d %02d.%02d",
+	rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d/%d/%d %02d.%02d",
 		    lt->tm_year + 1900, lt->tm_mon + 1, lt->tm_mday, lt->tm_hour, lt->tm_min);
 	return buf;
 }
@@ -861,11 +867,12 @@ bt_smalldate(const char *string)
 /**
  * you are here ->.
  */
-void
-print_help(int i_exit)
+static void
+print_help(const int i_exit)
 {
-	fprintf(stderr, "bantool v.%s - the solanum database tool.\n", BT_VERSION);
+	fprintf(stderr, "bantool v.%s - the ircd-ratbox database tool.\n", BT_VERSION);
 	fprintf(stderr, "Copyright (C) 2008 Daniel J Reidy <dubkat@gmail.com>\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "$Id: bantool.c 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $\n\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n"
 		"but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n"
 		"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the\n"
@@ -880,17 +887,18 @@ print_help(int i_exit)
 	fprintf(stderr, "       -s : Reclaim empty slack space the database may be taking up.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "       -u : Update the database tables to support any new features.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
-		"            This is automatically done if you are importing or exporting\n");
+		"            This is automaticlly done if you are importing or exporting\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "            but should be run whenever you upgrade the ircd.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 		"       -p : pretend, checks for the configs, and parses them, then tells you some data...\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "            but does not touch your database.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 		"       -v : Be verbose... and it *is* very verbose! (intended for debugging)\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "       -d : Enable checking for redundant entries.\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "       -w : Completely wipe your database clean. May be used with -i \n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "       -d : Enable checking for redunant entries.\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "       -w : Completly wipe your database clean. May be used with -i \n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 		"     path : An optional directory containing old ratbox configs for import, or export.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "            If not specified, it looks in PREFIX/etc.\n");
+
 	exit(i_exit);
 }

bandb/rsdb.h

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+/* $Id: rsdb.h 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $ */
 #ifndef INCLUDED_rsdb_h
 #define INCLUDED_rsdb_h
 

bandb/rsdb_snprintf.c

@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@
  * Should you choose to use and/or modify this source code, please
  * do so under the terms of the GNU General Public License under which
  * this library is distributed.
+ *
+ * $Id: rsdb_snprintf.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $
  */
 #include "stdinc.h"
 #include "rsdb.h"

bandb/rsdb_sqlite3.c

@@ -27,6 +27,8 @@
  * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
  * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * $Id: rsdb_sqlite3.c 26182 2008-11-11 02:52:41Z androsyn $
  */
 #include "stdinc.h"
 #include "rsdb.h"
@@ -45,7 +47,7 @@ mlog(const char *errstr, ...)
 		char buf[256];
 		va_list ap;
 		va_start(ap, errstr);
-		vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), errstr, ap);
+		rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), errstr, ap);
 		va_end(ap);
 		error_cb(buf);
 	}
@@ -71,14 +73,14 @@ rsdb_init(rsdb_error_cb * ecb)
 
 	if(sqlite3_open(dbpath, &rb_bandb) != SQLITE_OK)
 	{
-		snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), "Unable to open sqlite database: %s",
+		rb_snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), "Unable to open sqlite database: %s",
 			    sqlite3_errmsg(rb_bandb));
 		mlog(errbuf);
 		return -1;
 	}
 	if(access(dbpath, W_OK))
 	{
-		snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf),  "Unable to open sqlite database for write: %s", strerror(errno));
+		rb_snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf),  "Unable to open sqlite database for write: %s", strerror(errno));
 		mlog(errbuf);
 		return -1;
 	}

default.nix

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+{ stdenv, bash
+, flex, bison
+, openssl, gnutls, zlib }:
+
+stdenv.mkDerivation {
+  pname = "charybdis";
+  version = "3.5.7";
+
+  src = ./.;
+
+  patches = [
+    ./patches/bandb-remove-setenv.patch
+  ];
+
+  configureFlags = [
+    "--enable-epoll"
+    "--enable-ipv6"
+    "--with-zlib-path=${zlib.dev}/lib"
+    "--enable-openssl=${openssl.dev}"
+    "--with-program-prefix=charybdis-"
+    "--sysconfdir=/etc/charybdis"
+  ];
+
+  nativeBuildInputs = [ bison flex ];
+  buildInputs = [ openssl gnutls zlib ];
+}

doc/CIDR.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+$Id: CIDR.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+
+CIDR Information
+----------------
+  Presently, we all use IPv4.  The format of IPv4 is the following:
+
+A.B.C.D
+
+  Where letters 'A' through 'D' are 8-bit values.  In English, this
+  means each digit can have a value of 0 to 255.  Example:
+
+129.56.4.234
+
+  Digits are called octets.  Oct meaning 8, hence 8-bit values.  An
+  octet cannot be greater than 255, and cannot be less than 0 (eg. a
+  negative number).
+
+  CIDR stands for "classless inter domain routing", details covered
+  in RFC's 1518 and 1519. It was introduced mainly due to waste within
+  A and B classes space. The goal was to make it possible to use
+  smaller nets than it would seem from (above) IP classes, for instance
+  by dividing one B class into 256 "C like" classes. The other goal was
+  to allow aggregation of routing information, so that routers could use
+  one aggregated route (like 194.145.96.0/20) instead of
+  advertising 16 C classes.
+
+  Class A are all these addresses which first bit is "0",
+  bitmap: 0nnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
+  IP range is 0.0.0.0 - 127.255.255.255
+
+  Class B are all these addresses which first two bits are "10",
+  bitmap: 10nnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
+  IP range is 128.0.0.0 - 191.255.255.255
+
+  Class C are all these addresses which first three bits are "110",
+  bitmap: 110nnnnn.nnnnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
+  IP range is 192.0.0.0 - 223.255.255.255
+
+  Class D are all these addresses which first four bits are "1110",
+  this is multicast class and net/host bitmap doesn't apply here
+  IP range is 224.0.0.0 - 239.255.255.255
+  I bet they will never IRC, unless someone creates multicast IRC :)
+
+  Class E are all these addresses which first five bits are "11110",
+  this class is reserved for future use
+  IP range is 240.0.0.0 - 247.255.255.255
+
+  So, here is how CIDR notation comes into play.
+
+  For those of you who have real basic exposure to how networks are
+  set up, you should be aware of the term "netmask."  Basically, this
+  is a IPv4 value which specifies the "size" of a network.  You can
+  assume the word "size" means "range" if you want.
+
+  A chart describing the different classes in CIDR format and their
+  wildcard equivalents would probably help at this point:
+
+CIDR version	dot notation (netmask)	Wildcard equivalent
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+A.0.0.0/8	A.0.0.0/255.0.0.0	A.*.*.*  or  A.*
+A.B.0.0/16	A.B.0.0/255.255.0.0	A.B.*.*  or  A.B.*
+A.B.C.0/24	A.B.C.0/255.255.255.0	A.B.C.*  or  A.B.C.*
+A.B.C.D/32	A.B.C.D/255.255.255.255	A.B.C.D
+
+
+  The question on any newbies mind at this point is "So what do all
+  of those values & numbers actually mean?"
+
+  Everything relating to computers is based on binary values (1s and
+  zeros).  Binary plays a *tremendous* role in CIDR notation.  Let's
+  break it down to the following table:
+
+          A            B            C            D
+       --------     --------     --------     --------
+/8  == 11111111  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 255.0.0.0
+/16 == 11111111  .  11111111  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 255.255.0.0
+/24 == 11111111  .  11111111  .  11111111  .  00000000  == 255.255.255.0
+/32 == 11111111  .  11111111  .  11111111  .  11111111  == 255.255.255.255
+
+  The above is basically a binary table for the most common netblock
+  sizes.  The "1"s you see above are the 8-bit values for each octet.
+  If you split an 8-bit value into each of it's bits, you find the
+  following:
+
+00000000
+^^^^^^^^_ 1sts place  (1)
+|||||||__ 2nds place  (2)
+||||||___ 3rds place  (4)
+|||||____ 4ths place  (8)
+||||_____ 5ths place  (16)
+|||______ 6ths place  (32)
+||_______ 7ths place  (64)
+|________ 8ths place  (128)
+
+  Now, since computers consider zero a number, you pretty much have
+  to subtract one (so-to-speak; this is not really how its done, but
+  just assume it's -1 :-) ) from all the values possible.  Some
+  examples of decimal values in binary:
+
+15  == 00001111  (from left to right: 8+4+2+1)
+16  == 00010000  (from left to right: 16)
+53  == 00110101  (from left to right: 32+16+4+1)
+79  == 01001111  (from left to right: 64+8+4+1)
+254 == 11111110  (from left to right: 128+64+32+16+8+4+2)
+
+  So, with 8 bits, the range (as I said before) is zero to 255.
+
+  If none of this is making sense to you at this point, you should
+  back up and re-read all of the above.  I realize it's a lot, but
+  it'll do you some good to re-read it until you understand :-).
+
+  So, let's modify the original table a bit by providing CIDR info
+  for /1 through /8:
+
+          A            B            C            D
+       --------     --------     --------     --------
+/1  == 10000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 128.0.0.0
+/2  == 11000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 192.0.0.0
+/3  == 11100000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 224.0.0.0
+/4  == 11110000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 240.0.0.0
+/5  == 11111000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 248.0.0.0
+/6  == 11111100  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 252.0.0.0
+/7  == 11111110  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 254.0.0.0
+/8  == 11111111  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 255.0.0.0
+
+  At this point, all of this should making a lot of sense, and you
+  should be able to see the precision that you can get by using CIDR
+  at this point.  If not, well, I guess the best way to put it would
+  be that wildcards always assume /8, /16, or /24 (yes hello Piotr,
+  we can argue this later: I am referring to IPs *ONLY*, not domains
+  or FQDNs :-) ).
+
+  This table will provide a reference to all of the IPv4 CIDR values
+
+cidr|netmask (dot notation)
+----+---------------------
+/1  | 128.0.0.0
+/2  | 192.0.0.0
+/3  | 224.0.0.0
+/4  | 240.0.0.0
+/5  | 248.0.0.0
+/6  | 252.0.0.0
+/7  | 254.0.0.0
+/8  | 255.0.0.0
+/9  | 255.128.0.0
+/10 | 255.192.0.0
+/11 | 255.224.0.0
+/12 | 255.240.0.0
+/13 | 255.248.0.0
+/14 | 255.252.0.0
+/15 | 255.254.0.0
+/16 | 255.255.0.0
+/17 | 255.255.128.0
+/18 | 255.255.192.0
+/19 | 255.255.224.0
+/20 | 255.255.240.0
+/21 | 255.255.248.0
+/22 | 255.255.252.0
+/23 | 255.255.254.0
+/24 | 255.255.255.0
+/25 | 255.255.255.128
+/26 | 255.255.255.192
+/27 | 255.255.255.224
+/28 | 255.255.255.240
+/29 | 255.255.255.248
+/30 | 255.255.255.252
+/31 | 255.255.255.254
+/32 | 255.255.255.255
+
+  So, let's take all of the information above, and apply it to a
+  present-day situation on IRC.
+
+  Let's say you have a set of flooding clients who all show up from
+  the following hosts.  For lack-of a better example, I'll use a
+  subnet here at Best:
+
+nick1  (xyz@shell9.ba.best.com)  [206.184.139.140]
+nick2  (abc@shell8.ba.best.com)  [206.184.139.139]
+nick3  (foo@shell12.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.143]
+
+  Most people will assume the  they were all in the same class C
+  (206.184.139.0/24  or  206.184.139.*).
+
+  This, as a matter of fact, is not true.  Now, the reason *I* know
+  this is solely because I work on the network here; those IPs are
+  not delegated to a class C, but two portions of a class C (128 IPs
+  each).  That means the class C is actually split into these two
+  portions:
+
+Netblock               IP range
+--------               --------
+206.184.139.0/25       206.184.139.0   to 206.184.139.127
+206.184.139.128/25     206.184.139.128 to 206.184.139.255
+
+  For the record, 206.184.139.0 and 206.184.139.128 are both known as
+  "network addresses" (not to be confused with "netblocks" or "Ethernet
+  hardware addresses" or "MAC addresses").  Network addresses are
+  *ALWAYS EVEN*.
+
+  206.184.139.127 and 206.184.139.255 are what are known as broadcast
+  addresses.  Broadcast addresses are *ALWAYS ODD*.
+
+  Now, the aforementioned list of clients are in the 2nd subnet shown
+  above, not the first.  The reason for this should be obvious.
+
+  The remaining question is, "Well that's nice, you know what the netblock
+  is for Best.  What about us?  We don't know that!"
+
+  Believe it or not, you can find out the network block size by using
+  whois -h WHOIS.ARIN.NET on the IP in question.  ARIN keeps a list of
+  all network blocks and who owns them -- quite useful, trust me.  I
+  think I use ARIN 5 or 6 times a day, especially when dealing with
+  D-lines.  Example:
+
+$ whois -h whois.arin.net 206.184.139.140
+Best Internet Communications, Inc. (NETBLK-NBN-206-184-BEST)
+345 East Middlefield Road
+Mountain View, CA 94043
+
+Netname: NBN-206-184-BEST
+Netblock: 206.184.0.0 - 206.184.255.255
+Maintainer: BEST
+
+  Does this mean you should D-line 206.184.0.0/16?  Probably not.
+  That's an entire class B-sized block, while you're only trying
+  to deny access to a subnetted class C.
+
+  So then how do you get the *real* info?  Well, truth is, you don't.
+  You have to pretty much take a guess at what it is, if ARIN reports
+  something that's overly vague.  Best, for example, was assigned the
+  above class B-sized block.  We can subnet it however we want without
+  reporting back to ARIN how we have it subnetted.  We own the block,
+  and that's all that matters (to ARIN).
+
+  Not all subnets are like this, however.  Smaller subnets you may
+  find partitioned and listed on ARIN; I've seen /29 blocks for DSL
+  customers show up in ARIN before.
+
+  So, use ARIN any chance you get.  The more precision the better!
+
+  Now, there is a small issue I want to address regarding use of CIDR
+  notation.  Let's say you D-line the following in CIDR format (hi
+  sion ;-) ):
+
+205.100.132.18/24
+
+  Entries like this really makes my blood boil, solely because it adds
+  excessive confusion and is just basically pointless.  If you
+  examine the above, you'll see the /24 is specifying an entire
+  class C -- so then what's the purpose of using .18 versus .0?
+
+  There IS no purpose.  The netmask itself will mask out the .18 and
+  continue to successfully use 205.100.132.0/24.
+
+  Doing things this way just adds confusion, especially on non-octet-
+  aligned subnets (such as /8, /16, /24, or /32).  Seeing that on a
+  /27 or a /19 might make people go "wtf?"
+
+  I know for a fact this doc lacks a lot of necessary information,
+  like how the actual netmask/CIDR value play a role in "masking out"
+  the correct size, and what to do is WHOIS.ARIN.NET returns no
+  netblock information but instead a few different company names with
+  NIC handles.  I'm sure you can figure this stuff out on your own,
+  or just ask an administrator friend of yours who DOES know.  A lot
+  of us admins are BOFH types, but if you ask us the right questions,
+  you'll benefit from the answer quite thoroughly.
+
+  Oh, I almost forgot.  Most Linux systems use a different version of
+  "whois" than FreeBSD does.  The syntax for whois on Linux is
+  "whois <INFO>@whois.arin.net", while under FreeBSD it is
+  "whois -h whois.arin.net <INFO>"  Debian uses yet another version
+  of whois that is incompatible with the above syntax options.
+
+  Note that the FreeBSD whois client has shortcuts for the most commonly
+  used whois servers.  "whois -a <INFO>" is the shortcut for ARIN.
+
+  Also note that ARIN is not authoritative for all IP blocks on the 
+  Internet.  Take for example 212.158.123.66.  A whois query to ARIN
+  will return the following information:
+
+$ whois -h whois.arin.net 212.158.123.66
+European Regional Internet Registry/RIPE NCC (NET-RIPE-NCC-)
+   These addresses have been further assigned to European users.
+   Contact information can be found in the RIPE database, via the
+   WHOIS and TELNET servers at whois.ripe.net, and at
+   http://www.ripe.net/db/whois.html
+
+   Netname: RIPE-NCC-212
+   Netblock: 212.0.0.0 - 212.255.255.255
+   Maintainer: RIPE
+
+  This query tells us that it is a European IP block, and is further
+  handled by RIPE's whois server.  We must then query whois.ripe.net
+  to get more information.
+
+$ whois -h whois.ripe.net 212.158.123.66
+
+% Rights restricted by copyright. See
+  http://www.ripe.net/ripencc/pub-services/db/copyright.html
+
+inetnum:     212.158.120.0 - 212.158.123.255
+netname:     INSNET-P2P
+descr:       Point to Point Links for for London Nodes
+country:     GB
+--snip--
+
+  This tells us the actual IP block that the query was a part of.
+
+  Other whois servers that you may see blocks referred to are: 
+  whois.ripn.net for Russia, whois.apnic.net for Asia, Australia, and
+  the Pacific, and whois.6bone.net for IPv6 blocks.
+
+Contributed by Jeremy Chadwick <jdc@best.net>
+Piotr Kucharski <chopin@sgh.waw.pl> 
+W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net> and
+Ariel Biener <ariel@fireball.tau.ac.il>

doc/Hybrid-team

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+$Id: Hybrid-team 54 2005-09-10 05:12:55Z nenolod $
+
+The hybrid team is a group of ircd coders who were frustrated
+with the instability and all-out "dirtiness" of the EFnet ircd's
+available. "hybrid" is the name for the collective efforts of a group
+of people, all of us.
+
+Anyone is welcome to contribute to this effort. You are encouraged
+to participate in the Hybrid mailing list. To subscribe to the
+Hybrid List, use this link:
+  https://lists.ircd-hybrid.org/mailman/listinfo/hybrid
+
+The core team as, of this major release:
+
+adx, Piotr Nizynski <adx@irc7.pl>
+billy-jon, William Bierman III <bill@mu.org>
+cryogen, Stuart Walsh <stu@ipng.org.uk>
+Dianora, Diane Bruce <db@db.net>
+joshk, Joshua Kwan <joshk@triplehelix.org>
+kire, Erik Small <smalle@hawaii.edu>
+knight, Alan LeVee <alan.levee@prometheus-designs.net>
+metalrock, Jack Low <jclow@csupomona.edu>
+Michael, Michael Wobst <michael.wobst@gmail.com>
+Rodder, Jon Lusky <lusky@blown.net>
+Wohali, Joan Touzet <joant@ieee.org>
+
+The following people have contributed blood, sweat, and/or code to
+recent releases of Hybrid, in nick alphabetical order:
+
+A1kmm, Andrew Miller <a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net>
+AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
+bane, Dragan Dosen <bane@idolnet.org>
+bysin, Ben Kittridge <bkittridge@cfl.rr.com>
+cosine, Patrick Alken <wnder@uwns.underworld.net>
+David-T, David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk>
+fl, Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk>
+Garion, Joost Vunderink <garion@efnet.nl>
+Habeeb, David Supuran <habeeb@cfl.rr.com>
+Hwy101, W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net>
+jmallett, Juli Mallett <jmallett@FreeBSD.org>
+jv, Jakub Vlasek <jv@pilsedu.cz>
+k9, Jeremy Chadwick <ircd@jdc.parodius.com>
+kre, Dinko Korunic <kreator@fly.srk.fer.hr>
+madmax, Paul Lomax <madmax@efnet.org>
+nenolod, William Pitcock <nenolod@nenolod.net>
+Riedel, Dennis Vink, <riedel@chaotic.nl>
+scuzzy, David Todd <scuzzy@aniverse.net>
+spookey, David Colburn <spookey@spookey.org>
+TimeMr14C, Yusuf Iskenderoglu <uhc0@stud.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+toot, Toby Verrall <to7@antipope.fsnet.co.uk>
+vx0, Mark Miller <mark@oc768.net>
+wiz, Jason Dambrosio <jason@wiz.cx>
+Xride, Søren Straarup <xride@x12.dk>
+zb^3, Alfred Perlstein <alfred@freebsd.org>
+
+Others are welcome. Always. And if we left anyone off the above list,
+be sure to let us know that too. Many others have contributed to
+previous versions of this ircd and its ancestors, too many to list
+here.
+
+Send bug fixes/complaints/rotten tomatoes to bugs@ircd-hybrid.org.

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-prefix		= @prefix@
-exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
-exec_suffix	= @exec_suffix@
-bindir		= @bindir@
-libexecdir	= @libexecdir@
-sysconfdir		= @sysconfdir@
-localstatedir	= @localstatedir@
-
-# Local to the etc Makefile
-
-CONFS		= ircd.conf.example reference.conf
-
-install-mkdirs:
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); then \
-		echo "mkdir -p $(sysconfdir)"; \
-		mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
-	fi
-
-install: install-mkdirs
-	@echo "ircd: installing example config files ($(CONFS))"
-	@for i in $(CONFS); do \
-		if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i; then \
-			$(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i.old; \
-		fi; \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
-	done
-
-	-@if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/ircd.motd; then \
-		echo "ircd: installing motd file (ircd.motd)"; \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) ircd.motd $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
-	fi
-
-	-@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; then \
-		$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; \
-	fi
-

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+# $Id: Makefile.in 3376 2007-04-03 11:37:39Z nenolod $
+CC		= @CC@
+INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_BIN	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SUID	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755
+RM		= @RM@
+LEX		= @LEX@
+LEXLIB		= @LEXLIB@
+CFLAGS		= @IRC_CFLAGS@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
+LDFLAGS		= @LDFLAGS@
+MKDEP		= ${CC} -MM
+MV		= @MV@
+RM		= @RM@
+CP		= @CP@
+TOUCH		= @TOUCH@
+
+PROGRAM_PREFIX  = @PROGRAM_PREFIX@
+
+prefix		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
+exec_suffix	= @exec_suffix@
+bindir		= @bindir@
+libexecdir	= @libexecdir@
+sysconfdir		= @sysconfdir@
+localstatedir	= @localstatedir@
+# Change this later! -- adrian
+moduledir	= @moduledir@
+automoduledir	= @moduledir@/autoload
+
+# Local to the etc Makefile
+mandir          = @mandir@/man8
+MANPAGES        = ircd.8
+
+CONFS		= ircd.conf.example reference.conf
+
+SSL_LIBS	= @SSL_LIBS@
+SSL_INCLUDES	= @SSL_INCLUDES@
+
+IRCDLIBS	= @LIBS@ $(SSL_LIBS)
+
+INCLUDES	= -I../include $(SSL_INCLUDES)
+CPPFLAGS	= ${INCLUDES} @CPPFLAGS@
+
+all: build
+ 
+install-mkdirs:
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); then \
+		echo "mkdir -p $(sysconfdir)"; \
+		mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
+	fi
+
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); then \
+		echo "mkdir -p $(mandir)"; \
+		mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); \
+	fi
+
+install: install-mkdirs build
+	@echo "ircd: installing example config files ($(CONFS))"
+	@for i in $(CONFS); do \
+		if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i; then \
+			$(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i.old; \
+		fi; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
+	done
+
+	-@if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/ircd.motd; then \
+		echo "ircd: installing motd file (ircd.motd)"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) ircd.motd $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
+	fi
+
+	-@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; then \
+		$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; \
+	fi
+
+	@echo "ircd: installing manpage"
+	@for i in $(MANPAGES); do \
+		if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; then \
+			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; \
+		fi; \
+	done
+
+build:
+
+clean:
+
+depend:
+
+lint:
+
+distclean:
+	${RM} -f Makefile

doc/README.cidr_bans

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+$Id: README.cidr_bans 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $ 
+
+
+Basically what this patch does is allow for users to use cidr masks when
+setting bans, exceptions, and invite invex(modes beI respectively).  This
+works for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.  
+
+I won't go into details of how cidr works here, but to use them, you could
+do something like:
+
+/mode #foo +b *!*@10.0.0.0/8 
+/mode #foo +e *!*@10.0.10.0/24
+
+Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
+August 06, 2002
+
+

doc/Ratbox-team

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+$Id: Ratbox-team 1640 2006-06-05 00:02:19Z jilles $
+ 
+ircd-ratbox is an evolution where ircd-hybrid left off around version 7-rc1.  
+Currently the ircd-ratbox team consists of the following developers:
+ 
+AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
+anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+
+Special thanks for support, code and ideas to:
+
+Hwy, W. Campbell <wcampbel -at- botbay.net>
+jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
+larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb -at- sdf.lonestar.org>
+ 
+Of course our work is based on the work of many, many others over the past
+10 or so years since irc has existed, including the work done by the Hybrid
+team, our thanks goes to them.
+ 

doc/Tao-of-IRC.940110

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+
+The Tao of Internet Relay Chat
+Copyright (C) Ove Ruben R Olsen 1994
+Version of 940110
+Contributing masters: Master ScottM
+
+-----
+Something is formed by the electrons, born in the silent cable. Shaping
+and growing and ungrowing. It is there yet not there. It is the source of
+Internet Relay Chat. I do not know the name, thus I will call it the Tao
+of Internet Relay Chat.
+
+If the Tao is great, then the IRC is running ceaselessly. If the IRC is 
+great then the server is running without ever stoping. If the server is 
+great then the client will always be the server. The luser is then pleased 
+and there is Chat in the world.
+
+The Tao of IRC squits far away and connects on returning.
+
+
+-----
+The genetic potential of birth, a lot to know, yet unknown.
+
+In the begining there was nothing. 
+
+Out of nothing the Tao gave birth to tolsun.oulu.fi. tolsun gave birth to
+OuluBox. 
+
+OuluBox gave birth to rmsg.
+
+rmsg was not Tao, so MUT gave birth to IRC.
+
+No one knows when IRC came into existance, the mighty master WiZ have it 
+to be at the end of the eight month in the year of the Dragon.
+
+
+-----
+Each channel has its purpose, however humble. Each channel is the Yin and
+Yang of IRC. Each channels has it's place within the IRC.
+
+In the beginning there was only channel 0, thus channel 0 is the soil of
+IRC. 
+
+Channel 1 to channel 10 then was open as the sea. Channel 11 to 999 was the 
+trees and forests of IRC. Channels above 999 should not be mentioned, and
+channels below 0 were unborn and contained many secrets.
+
+This was not the right Tao, so IRC gave birth to +channels. 
+
++channels had the yin and yang. Mode does not.
+
+This was not the right Tao still, so IRC gave birth to #channels. 
+
+#channels have the yin and yang.
+
+Only channel 0 is the right path to Tao, but avoid speaking on channel 0.
+
+
+-----
+There was a great dispute among the Broom-Walkers of the Relay. Some of them
+wanted neither yin nor yang. Out of this Eris came into existance. Some of the
+Broom-Walkers then created Eris Free-net. 
+
+This was the right Tao.
+
+Kind Gentle and Boring Net was another wrong path to the Tao of Internet Relay 
+Chat.
+
+Some time later there was a quantity of some lusers who wanted to be 
+Broom-Walkers also. The Eris Free Broom-Walkers did not agree with them, 
+thus a new IRC was born. This IRC is called the Undernet. 
+
+But this is not the right Tao, either.
+
+
+-----
+There will always be disputes among the Broom-Walkers of Internet Relay Chat.
+
+This is the very nature of the IRC.
+
+
+-----
+Lusers that do not understand the Tao is always using the yang of Mode on 
+their channels. Lusers that do understand the Tao are always using Ignore
+on their channels.
+
+How could this not be so ?
+
+
+-----
+The wise sage luser is told about the Chat and uses it. The luser is told 
+about the IRC and is looking for it. The flock are told about the Tao and
+make a fool of the IRC.
+
+If there was no laughter, there would be no Tao.
+
+
+-----
+The master says:
+"Without the Tao of Internet Relay Chat, life becomes meaningless."
+
+The Relay of the old time was mysterious and sacred. We can neither imagine 
+its thoughts nor path; we are left but to describe.
+
+
+-----
+The sage luser must be aware like a frog crossing the highway.
+
+
+-----
+The great master Wumpus once dreamed that he was an automaton. When he awoke
+he exclaimed:
+	"I don't know whether I am Wumpus dreaming that I am a client,
+	 or a client dreaming that I am Wumpus!"
+
+So was the first Automata born. 
+
+The master Nap then said:
+	"Any automata should not speak unless spoken to.
+	 Any automata shall only whisper when spoken to."
+
+Thus replied the master Gnarfer:
+	"The lusers shall keep in mind that a automata can be either good or
+	 bad. Create good automata, and the IRC will hail you and you will 
+	 gain fame and fortune. Create bad automata and people will start to 
+	 hate you, and finaly you will be /KILLed to ethernal damnation"
+
+Many lusers have fallen into the clutches of ethernal damnation. They where 
+not following the Tao.
+
+
+-----
+There once was a luser who went to #BotSex. Each day he saw the automatons. 
+The luser decided that he also would have such a automata.
+He asked another luser for his automata. The other luser gave his automata
+away.
+
+The luser was not within the Tao, so he just started the automata. The automata
+had only Yang inside so all the lusers files where deleted.
+
+Some moons laither the same luser then had become a sage luser, and did create
+his automata from the very grounds with materials found inside the IRC.
+The luser was now within the Tao and his automata lived happily ever after.
+
+
+-----
+There once was a master who wrote automatons without the help of master Phone.
+A novice luser, seeking to imitate him, began with the help of master Phone.
+When the novice luser asked the master to evaluate his automata the master
+replied: "What is a working automata for the master is not for the luser.
+You must must BE the IRC before automating."
+
+
+-----
+Master BigCheese gave birth to master Troy; his duty clear. Master Troy gave 
+birth to master Phone, for the Tao of Irc must be eternal and must flow as the 
+ceaseless river of Time itself.
+
+
+-----
+Master Phone once said about the ircII client:
+	"public_msg is for a message from someone NOT on the channel
+	 public_other is for a message on a channel that doesn't belong to
+	 a window. public is for a message on a channel that belongs to a 
+	 window!"
+
+Out of this raised the mighty chaos.
+
+
+-----
+The sage luser came to the master who wrote automata without the help of 
+master Phone. The sage luser asked the master who wrote automata: "Which is 
+easiest to make. A automata with the help of master Phone or an automata 
+made with the help of a language ?"
+
+The master who wrote automata then replied:
+	"With the help of a language."
+
+The sage luser was disapointed and exclaimed: "But, with master Phone you
+do not need to know anything about the soil of IRC. Is not that the easiet
+way ?"
+
+"Not really" said the master who wrote automata, "when using master Phone
+you are closed inside a box. For sure, it is a great box for the lusers,
+but the master will need more power, thus a language is the only path to go.
+With the language the master will never have to limit himself. When using
+such a language the master will seek the best between the need and the
+availibility."
+
+"I see", said the sage luser.
+
+This is the essence of Tao of IRC automatas.
+
+
+-----
+A client should be light and be used for communication. The spirit of a good
+client is that it should be very convinient for the luser to use, but hard
+for the luser who want to create automata.
+There should never ever be too many functions or too few functions. 
+
+There should always be a ignore.
+
+Without ignore the client is not within the Tao of Chating.
+
+The client should always respond the luser with messages that will not 
+astnonish him too much. The server likewise. If the server does not, then it
+is the clients job to explain what the server says.
+
+A client which fails this, will be useless and cause confusion for the lusers.
+The only way to correct this is to use another client or to write a new one.
+
+
+-----
+A luser asked the masters on #IrcHelp: "My client does not work".
+The masters replied: "Upgrade your client".
+The luser then wondered why the master knew. The master then told him about
+the Protocol.
+
+"Your client does not work beaucse it does not understand the server. Why
+should it always work ? Only a fool would expect such. But, clients are made
+by humans, and humans are not perfect. Only Tao is.
+
+The IRC is solid. The IRC is floating, and will always be dynamic. Live with 
+that or /quit."
+
+
+-----
+The luser came to the masters of #IrcHelp, asking about the Tao of IRC within
+the client.
+The masters then said that the Tao of IRC always lies inside the client
+regardless of how the client connects to the server.
+
+"Is the Tao in irc ?" asked the luser.
+"It so is" replied the masters of #IrcHelp.
+"Is the Tao in the ircII, Kiwi, rxirc, vms, rockers and msa ?" asked the 
+luser.
+"In all of them and in the TPC, irchat, zenirc, zircon X11-irc and even the 
+dos irc has the Tao" said the master quietly.
+"Is the Tao in a telnet connection directly to the server ?" 
+
+The master then was quiet for a long time and said. "Please leave, such 
+questions are not within the Tao of IRC".
+
+
+-----
+The master says: "Without the Protocol of TCP the messages will not travel.
+                  Without the client, the server is useless."
+
+
+-----
+There once was a luser who used the ircII client. "ircII can do anything I 
+ever need for using IRC" said the emacs client user, "I have /ON's, I have 
+assignments, I have aliasing. Why don't you use this instead of the huge 
+emacs client, which also has a messy screen?"
+The emacs client user then replied by saying that "it is better to have a
+scripting language that is the client instead of have a client that has
+a scripting language." Upon hearing this, the ircII client luser fell silent.
+
+
+-----
+The master Wumpus said: "Time for you to leave. I did, now I'm happy."
+The master Gnarfer replied: "Use, but never overuse IRC, then you will also 
+be happy within IRC"
+
+
+-----
+A luser came unto the masters of #EU-Opers and asked, "How can I be, yet not 
+be, a user@host within the IRC?"
+The masters of #EU-Opers replied: "To be Tao is to be ones true self. To hide
+ones self is not Tao, and is not IRC, you have much to learn before you shall 
+be at rest within the Flow of Irc.  Please leave"
+

doc/account-notify.txt

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 account-notify client capability specification
 ----------------------------------------------
 
-Copyright (c) 2010 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>.
+Copyright (c) 2010 William Pitcock <nenolod@atheme.org>.
 
 Unlimited redistribution and modification of this document is allowed
 provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice

doc/challenge.txt

@@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ If aes256 is not available, the following is used instead:
 
 - Building ratbox-respond -
 ---------------------------
+If you are using the unix based ratbox-respond this must be built.  For the
+windows version, ratbox-winrespond, please see http://respond.ircd-ratbox.org
+
 ratbox-respond takes the challenge from the server, and together with your 
 private key file generates a response to be sent back.  ratbox-respond
 requires the openssl headers (ie, development files) and openssl libraries
@@ -79,3 +82,5 @@ ratbox-respond/README for more information.
 A number of scripts for clients have already been written to automate this
 process, see client-scripts/README for more information.
 
+-- 
+$Id: challenge.txt 678 2006-02-03 20:25:01Z jilles $

doc/collision_fnc.txt

@@ -43,3 +43,5 @@ the same on all servers for each nick-user pair, also if a user with a UID
 nick changes their nick but is collided again (the server detecting the
 collision will not propagate the nick change further).
 
+-- 
+$Id: collision_fnc.txt 3422 2007-04-22 14:35:28Z jilles $

doc/connecting-servers.rst

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-Connecting servers
-==================
-
-Servers can be connected together to improve redundancy, distribute bandwidth,
-lower latency, and connect network services.
-
-This document is an introduction to connecting servers. It assumes you are
-already somewhat familiar with Solanum's configuration (if not, read
-:file:`ircd.conf.example`, and set up your own server by editing it
-and running Solanum).
-
-Solanum uses the TS6 protocol, and can only be connected with other servers
-using this protocol. We recommend you only connect Solanum with other Solanum
-instances.
-
-Unlike some other IRCd implementations, all connections are reciprocal in
-Solanum, which means a single configuration block is used for both incoming
-and outgoing connections.
-Additionally, the same ports are used for server and client connections.
-
-Creating servers
-----------------
-
-If you already have a server running, copy its configuration to a new machine,
-and edit ``serverinfo`` for the new server. In particular, you must change the
-``name`` and ``sid``, but keep the same ``network_name``.
-We recommend you keep both configurations in sync using some external
-configuration management systems, so server configurations do not drift apart
-over time, as you change them.
-
-For each of the two servers, you must create a ``connect`` block to represent
-the connection with the other server. For example, if you have servers A and B
-respectively at a.example.org and b.example.org, use respectively::
-
-   serverinfo {
-           name = "a.example.org";
-           // ...
-   };
-
-   connect "b.example.org" {
-           host = "203.0.113.2";
-           port = 6666;
-
-           send_password = "password";
-           accept_password = "anotherpassword";
-
-           flags = topicburst, autoconn;
-
-           class = "server";
-   };
-
-and::
-
-   serverinfo {
-           name = "b.example.org";
-           // ...
-   };
-
-   connect "a.example.org" {
-           host = "203.0.113.1";
-           port = 6666;
-
-           send_password = "anotherpassword";
-           accept_password = "password";
-
-           flags = topicburst, autoconn;
-
-           class = "server";
-   };
-
-Note the reversed passwords.
-
-The ports should be any of the ports defined in a ``listen {}`` block of the
-other server.
-
-The ``autoconn`` flag indicates a server should automatically connect using
-this ``connect {}`` block. At least one of the two servers should have it,
-or the servers won't try to connect.
-
-If you are connecting servers over an unencrypted link, you should use SSL/TLS
-for the connection; see :file:`reference.conf`.
-
-
-Connecting services
--------------------
-
-In addition to regular servers, you can also connect service packages such
-as atheme-services.
-
-These services typically do not accept incoming connections, and connect to
-one of the existing servers of the network.
-
-To allow connections from such a service server, you should create
-a new ``connect {}`` block for this package, on the server the services
-will connect to::
-
-   connect "services.example.org" {
-           host = "localhost";
-           port = 6666;
-
-           send_password = "password";
-           accept_password = "anotherpassword";
-
-           flags = topicburst;  // No autoconn, services don't accept incoming connections
-
-           class = "server";
-   };
-
-And create the appropriate config in your services' configuration so that
-they connect to your server on the configured port, and from the configured
-hostname.
-
-For example, with atheme::
-
-   loadmodule "modules/protocol/solanum";
-
-   uplink "a.example.org" {
-           host = "localhost";
-           port = 6666;
-           send_password = "anotherpassword";
-           receive_password = "password"
-   };
-
-Finally, you must configure all servers in your network to recognize the
-services server::
-
-   service {
-           name = "services.example.org";
-   };

doc/credits-past.txt

@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-===============================================================================
-IRCD 2.8 CREDITS
-===============================================================================
-
-/************************************************************************
- *   IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/AUTHORS
- *   Copyright (C) 1990
- *
- * AUTHORS FILE:
- *   This file attempts to remember all contributors to the IRC
- *   developement. Names can be only added this file, no name
- *   should never be removed. This file must be included into all
- *   distributions of IRC and derived works.
- *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
- *   any later version.
- *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *   GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-IRC was conceived of and written by Jarkko Oikarinen <jto@tolsun.oulu.fi>.
-IRC was originally written in University of Oulu, Computing Center.
-Jan 1991 - IRC 2.6  jto@tolsun.oulu.fi
-	- Multiple Channels and protocol changes
-
-Contributions were made by a cast of dozens, including the following:
-
-Markku Jarvinen <mta@tut.fi>: Emacs-like editing facility for the client
-
-Kimmo Suominen <kim@kannel.lut.fi>: HP-UX port
-
-Jeff Trim <jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu>: enhancements and advice
-
-Vijay Subramaniam <vijay@lll-winken.llnl.gov>: advice and ruthless publicity
-
-Karl Kleinpaste <karl@cis.ohio-state.edu>: user's manual
-
-Greg Lindahl <gl8f@virginia.edu>: AUTOMATON code, the Wumpus GM automaton,
-myriad bug fixes
-
-Bill Wisner <wisner@hayes.fai.alaska.edu>: numerous bug fixes and code
-enhancements
-
-Tom Davis <conslt16@zeus.unl.edu> and Tim Russell <russell@zeus.unl.edu>:
-VMS modifications
-
-Markku Savela <msa@tel4.tel.vtt.fi>: advice, support, and being the
-incentive to do some of our *own* coding. :)
-
-Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu>: bug fixes, quarantine lines,
-consolidation of various patches.
-
-Christopher Davis <ckd@cs.bu.edu>: EFnet/Anet gateway coding,
-many automata ;), documentation fixing.
-
-Helen Rose <hrose@cs.bu.edu>: documentation updating, and fixing.
-
-Tom Hinds <rocker@bucsf.bu.edu>: emacs client updating.
-
-Tim Miller <cerebus@bu-pub.bu.edu>: various server and client-breaking
-features.
-
-Darren Reed <avalon@coombs.anu.edu.au>: various bug fixes and enhancements.
-Introduced nickname and channelname hash tables into the server.
-
-The version 2.2 release was coordinated by Mike Bolotski
-<mikeb@salmon.ee.ubc.ca>.
-
-The version 2.4 release was coordinated by Markku Savela and
-Chelsea Ashley Dyerman
-
-The version 2.5.2 release was coordinated by Christopher Davis, Helen Rose,
-and Tom Hopkins.
-
-The versions 2.6.2, 2.7 and 2.8 releases were coordinated by Darren Reed.
-
-Contributions for the 2.8 release from the following people:
-Matthew Green <phone@coombs.anu.edu.au>
-Chuck Kane <ckane@ece.uiuc.edu>
-Matt Lyle <matt@oc.com>
-Vesa Ruokonen <ruokonen@lut.fi>
-
-Markku Savela <Markku.Savela@vtt.fi> / April 1990
-Fixed various bugs in 2.2PL1 release server (2.2msa.4) and changed
-sockets to use non-blocking mode (2.2msa.9). [I have absolutely
-nothing to do with clients :-]
-
-Chelsea Ashley Dyerman <chelsea@earth.cchem.berkeley.edu> / April 1990
-Rewrote the Makefiles, restructuring of source tree. Added libIrcd.a to
-the Makefile macros, numerous reformatting of server text messages, and
-added mkversion.sh to keep track of compilation statistics. Numerous
-bug fixes and enhancements, and co-coordinator of the 2.4 release.
-
-jarlek@ifi.uio.no added mail functions to irc.
-
-Armin Gruner <gruner@informatik.tu-muenchen.de> / May, June 1990:
-* Patched KILL-line feature for ircd.conf, works now.
-  Enhancement:  Time intervals can be specified in passwd-field.
-  Result: KILL-Line is only active during these intervals
-* Patched PRIVMSG handling, now OPER can specify masks for sending
-  private messages, advantage: msg to all at a specified server or host.
-* Little tests on irc 2.5 alpha, fixed some little typos in client code.
-  Change: common/debug.c has been moved to ircd/s_debug.c, and a
-  irc/c_debug.c has been created, for the benefit that wrong server msg
-  are displayed if client does not recognize them. (strange, if a server
-  sends an 'unknown command', isn't it?)
-
-Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu> / September, October 1990:
-* Patched msa's K lines for servers (Q lines).
-* Consolidated several patches, including Stealth's logging patch.
-* Fixed several minor bugs.
-* Has done lots of other stuff that I can't seem to remember, but he
-  always works on code, so he has to have done alot more than three
-  lines worth. :)
-
-Thanks go to those persons not mentioned here who have added their advice,
-opinions, and code to IRC.
-
-Various modifications, bugreports, cleanups and testing by:
-
-Hugo Calendar <hugo@ucscb.ucsc.edu>
-Bo Adler <adler@csvax.cs.caltech.edu>
-Michael Sandrof <ms5n+@andrew.cmu.edu>
-Jon Solomon <jsol@cs.bu.edu>
-Jan Peterson <jlp@hamblin.math.byu.edu>
-Nathan Glasser <nathan@brokaw.lcs.mit.edu>
-Helen Rose <hrose@eff.org>
-Mike Pelletier <stealth@caen.engin.umich.edu>
-Basalat Ali Raja <gwydion@tavi.rice.edu>
-Eric P. Scott <eps@toaster.sfsu.edu>
-Dan Goodwin <fornax@wpi.wpi.edu>
-Noah Friedman <friedman@ai.mit.edu>
-
-
-===============================================================================
-IRCD-HYBRID CREDITS
-===============================================================================
-
-The hybrid team is a group of ircd coders who were frustrated
-with the instability and all-out "dirtiness" of the EFnet ircd's
-available. "hybrid" is the name for the collective efforts of a group
-of people, all of us.
-
-Anyone is welcome to contribute to this effort. You are encouraged
-to participate in the Hybrid mailing list. To subscribe to the
-Hybrid List, use this link:
-  https://lists.ircd-hybrid.org/mailman/listinfo/hybrid
-
-The core team as, of this major release:
-
-adx, Piotr Nizynski <adx@irc7.pl>
-billy-jon, William Bierman III <bill@mu.org>
-cryogen, Stuart Walsh <stu@ipng.org.uk>
-Dianora, Diane Bruce <db@db.net>
-joshk, Joshua Kwan <joshk@triplehelix.org>
-kire, Erik Small <smalle@hawaii.edu>
-knight, Alan LeVee <alan.levee@prometheus-designs.net>
-metalrock, Jack Low <jclow@csupomona.edu>
-Michael, Michael Wobst <michael.wobst@gmail.com>
-Rodder, Jon Lusky <lusky@blown.net>
-Wohali, Joan Touzet <joant@ieee.org>
-
-The following people have contributed blood, sweat, and/or code to
-recent releases of Hybrid, in nick alphabetical order:
-
-A1kmm, Andrew Miller <a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net>
-AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
-Ariadne, Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
-bane, Dragan Dosen <bane@idolnet.org>
-bysin, Ben Kittridge <bkittridge@cfl.rr.com>
-cosine, Patrick Alken <wnder@uwns.underworld.net>
-David-T, David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk>
-fl, Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk>
-Garion, Joost Vunderink <garion@efnet.nl>
-Habeeb, David Supuran <habeeb@cfl.rr.com>
-Hwy101, W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net>
-jmallett, Juli Mallett <jmallett@FreeBSD.org>
-jv, Jakub Vlasek <jv@pilsedu.cz>
-k9, Jeremy Chadwick <ircd@jdc.parodius.com>
-kre, Dinko Korunic <kreator@fly.srk.fer.hr>
-madmax, Paul Lomax <madmax@efnet.org>
-Riedel, Dennis Vink, <riedel@chaotic.nl>
-scuzzy, David Todd <scuzzy@aniverse.net>
-spookey, David Colburn <spookey@spookey.org>
-TimeMr14C, Yusuf Iskenderoglu <uhc0@stud.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-toot, Toby Verrall <to7@antipope.fsnet.co.uk>
-vx0, Mark Miller <mark@oc768.net>
-wiz, Jason Dambrosio <jason@wiz.cx>
-Xride, Søren Straarup <xride@x12.dk>
-zb^3, Alfred Perlstein <alfred@freebsd.org>
-
-Others are welcome. Always. And if we left anyone off the above list,
-be sure to let us know that too. Many others have contributed to
-previous versions of this ircd and its ancestors, too many to list
-here.
-
-Send bug fixes/complaints/rotten tomatoes to bugs@ircd-hybrid.org.
-
-
-===============================================================================
-IRCD-RATBOX CREDITS
-===============================================================================
-
-ircd-ratbox is an evolution where ircd-hybrid left off around version 7-rc1.
-Currently the ircd-ratbox team consists of the following developers:
-
-AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
-anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
-
-Special thanks for support, code and ideas to:
-
-Hwy, W. Campbell <wcampbel -at- botbay.net>
-jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
-larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb -at- sdf.lonestar.org>
-
-Of course our work is based on the work of many, many others over the past
-10 or so years since irc has existed, including the work done by the Hybrid
-team, our thanks goes to them.
-
-
-===============================================================================
-CHARYBDIS CREDITS
-===============================================================================
-
-Charybdis started as an evolution from ircd-ratbox. Its development
-is led by a team of dedicated developers who have put a lot of time
-into the project and it has seen use on a variety of different
-network configurations.
-
-The Charybdis core team, listed in nick-alphabetical order:
-
-amdj, Aaron Jones <aaronmdjones -at- gmail.com>
-Ariadne, Ariadne Conill <ariadne -at- dereferenced.org>
-Elizafox, Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth -at- interlinked.me>
-jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
-mr_flea, Keith Buck <mr_flea -at- esper.net>
-
-The following people are also project members, listed in nick-alphabetical
-order:
-
-jdhore, JD Horelick <jdhore1 -at- gmail.com>
-viatsko, Valerii Iatsko <dwr -at- codingbox.io>
-
-The following people have made contributions to the Charybdis releases,
-in nick-alphabetical order:
-
-AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
-anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
-beu, Elfyn McBratney <elfyn.mcbratney -at- gmail.com>
-BlindSight, Matt Ullman <matt -at- airraidsirens.com>
-Entrope, Michael Poole <mdpoole -at- trolius.org>
-grawity, Mantas Mikulėnas <grawity -at- gmail.com>
-gxti, Michael Tharp <gxti -at- partiallystapled.com>
-mniip <mniip -at- mniip.com>
-Simon, Simon Arlott
-spb, Stephen Bennett <spb -at- attenuate.org>
-Taros, Brett Greenham <taros -at- shadowircd.net>
-ThaPrince, Jon Christopherson <jon -at- vile.com>
-twincest, River Tarnell <river -at- attenuate.org>
-w00t, Robin Burchell <surreal.w00t -at- gmail.com>
-
-For a list of contributors to ircd-ratbox, ircd-hybrid, and ircd2.8 (the
-predecessors to Charybdis), see the doc/credits-past.txt file in the Charybdis
-distribution.
-
-Visit the Charybdis website at: http://www.charybdis.io/
-Visit us on IRC at: irc.charybdis.io #charybdis

doc/extban.txt

@@ -42,10 +42,6 @@ exists and is not +s or +p. (The ops of the channel the ban is on cannot
 necessarily see whether the user is in the target channel, so it should not
 influence whether they can join either.)
 
-extb_canjoin.so
-	$j:<channel>
-matches users who are or are not banned from a specified channel
-
 extb_oper.so
 	$o
 matches opers (most useful with +I)
@@ -60,14 +56,6 @@ extb_server.so
 matches users connected to a server matching the mask (* and ? wildcards);
 this can only be used with +b and +q
 
-extb_extgecos.so
-	$x:<mask>
-bans all users with matching nick!user@host#gecos
-
-extb_ssl.so
-	$z
-matches all SSL users
-
 Comparisons:
 
 +b $~a is similar to +r but also prevents not logged in users talking or
@@ -100,3 +88,5 @@ The function is called whenever a (local) client needs to be checked against
 a +bqeI entry of the given extban type, and whenever a local client tries to
 add such an entry. (Clients are allowed to add bans matching themselves.)
 
+-- 
+$Id: extban.txt 1639 2006-06-04 23:26:47Z jilles $

doc/features/filter.txt

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-extensions/filter module documentation
---------------------------------------
-
-The filter extension implements message content filtering using 
-solanum's hook framework and Intel's Hyperscan regular expression
-matching library.
-
-It requires an x86_64 processor with SSSE3 extensions.
-
-To operate, the filter requires a database of regular expessions
-that have been compiled using the Hyperscan library's 
-hs_compile_multi() or hs_compile_ext_multi() functions. 
-
-The command SETFILTER is used to manage operation of the filter and to
-load compiled Hyperscan databases.
-
-General documenation of SETFILTER is available using the 'HELP SETFILTER'
-command.
-
-For each expression in the database, the three least significant bits 
-of the expression ID are used to indicate which action the ircd should
-take in the event of a match:
-
-001 (1) DROP   - The message will be dropped and the client will be sent
-                 an ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN message.
-010 (2) KILL   - The connection from which the message was recevied will
-                 be closed.
-100 (4) ALARM  - A Server Notice will be generated indicating that an
-                 expression was matched. The nick, user, hostname and
-                 IP address will be reported. For privacy, the expression
-                 that has been matched will not be disclosed.
-
-Messages are passed to the filter module in a format similar to an
-IRC messages:
-
-0:nick!user@host#1 PRIVMSG #help :hello!
-
-The number at the start of the line indicates the scanning pass:
-Messages are scanned twice, once as they were received (0), and once
-with any formatting or unprintable characters stripped (1).
-
-By default, 'nick', 'user' and 'host' will contain *. This behaviour
-can be changed at build time if filtering on these fields is required.
-
-The number after the # will be 0 or 1 depending on whether the sending
-client was identified to a NickServ account.
-
-The process for loading filters is as follows:
-
-1. The Hyperscan database is serialized using hs_serialize_database().
-2. A 'SETFILTER NEW' command is sent.
-3. The serialized data is split into chunks and base64 encoded. 
-   The chunk size needs to be chosen to ensure that the resuliting
-   strings are short enough to fit into a 510 byte IRC line, taking 
-   into account space needed for the 'SETFILTER +' command, check field, 
-   server mask, and base64 overhead.
-4. The encoded chunks are sent using 'SETFILTER +' commands
-5. Once the entire database has been sent, a 'SETFILTER APPLY' command
-   is sent to commit it.

doc/features/index.txt

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-Here is an overview of the docs in the doc/features directory.
-
-account-notify.txt	- Description of the account-notify system
-away-notify.txt		- Description of the away-notify system
-challenge.txt		- Overview of the challenge/response system for
-                          obtaining operator status
-collision_fnc.txt	- Overview of the SAVE nick collision method
-extban.txt		- Description of extended bans
-extended-join.txt	- Description of the extended-join system
-modeg.txt		- Description of UMODE +g, the caller ID system
-monitor.txt		- Description of the MONITOR system
-sasl.txt		- Description of the SASL services authentication
-			  system
-services.txt		- Overview of features added by services
-tgchange.txt		- Overview of the target change system

doc/hooks.txt

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ contrib/example_module.c, this document simply describes which hooks are
 available.
 
 There are various hook structures available that may be passed to hooks:
-hook_data		- struct Client *client; const void *arg1;
+hook_data		- struct Client *client; const void *arg1; 
 			  const void *arg2;
 hook_data_int		- struct Client *client; const void *arg1; int arg2;
 hook_data_client	- struct Client *client; struct Client *target;
@@ -114,27 +114,11 @@ The following hooks are called during various events related to clients.
 			  oldsnomask = new snomask field
 
 
-Channel Hooks
--------------
-
-"can_invite"             - Called before deciding whether to allow the
-                            /invite command
-                            hdata->chptr = channel being invited to
-                            hdata->msptr = membership of inviter
-                            hdata->client = inviter
-                            hdata->target = invite target
-                            hdata->approved = zero to allow
-                            hdata->error = NULL, or error message
-                              if non-null, `approved` is the numeric
-"invite"                 - Called just before effecting an invite on the
-                            target's server
-                            hdata = as above
-
-
-The following are for debugging and take struct hook_io_data for arguments.
+The following are for debugging and take struct hook_io_data for arguments. 
 These can be used for a variety of purposes, but are aimed at the developer
 community.
 "iosend"
 "iorecv"
 "iorecvctrl"
 
+$Id: hooks.txt 3414 2007-04-15 16:54:50Z jilles $

doc/index.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+
+# $Id: index.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+Here is the overview of the documents in the doc/ directory.
+
+CIDR.txt		- Description of CIDR in IPv4
+Tao-of-IRC.940110       - No comment...
+challenge.txt           - Overview of the challenge/response system for
+                          obtaining operator status
+ircd.conf.example       - An example ircd.conf file describing most of the
+                          user settable options
+guidelines.txt		- Documentation guidelines
+hooks.txt		- Overview of the hooks available
+index.txt		- This file
+ircd.8                  - The new revised manpage, read with the following
+                          commands in the prefix directory:
+                          man -M . ircd
+ircd.motd               - A default ircd.motd used by make install
+logfiles.txt		- Description of formatting of some logfiles
+modeg.txt               - An in depth description of the server side silence
+                          user mode (+g)
+modes.txt               - A list of all user and channel modes
+operguide.txt           - EFnet operator's guide
+opermyth.txt            - Oper myth's, describes what opers can and cannot do
+server-version-info     - Overview of the flags shown in /version
+whats-new.txt		- What new features are available
+
+Also in the contrib/ directory you will find:
+example_module.c - An example module, detailing what the code in a module
+		   does.  Useful for building your own modules.

doc/ircd.8

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+.\" @(#)ircd.8 2.0 22 April 2004
+.\" $Id: ircd.8 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+.TH IRCD 8 "ircd-ratbox" 22 April 2004
+.SH NAME
+ircd \- The Internet Relay Chat Program Server 
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.IP \fBircd\fP
+[-dlinefile filename] [-configfile filename] [-klinefile filename]
+[-logfile filename] [-pidfile filename] [-resvfile filename]
+[-xlinefile filename] [-conftest] [-foreground] [-version]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.LP
+\fIircd\fP is the server (daemon) program for the Internet Relay Chat
+Program.  The \fIircd\fP is a server in that its function is to "serve"
+the client program \fIirc(1)\fP with messages and commands.  All commands
+and user messages are passed directly to the \fIircd\fP for processing
+and relaying to other ircd sites.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-dlinefile filename
+Specifies the D-line file to be used.  This file is used for both reading
+D-lines at startup, and writing to while \fIircd\fP is running.
+.TP
+.B \-configfile filename
+Specifies the ircd.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
+is used to override the default ircd.conf given at compile time.
+.TP
+.B \-klinefile filename
+Specifies the K-line file to be used.  This file is used for both reading
+K-lines at startup, and writing to while \fIircd\fP is running.
+.TP
+.B \-logfile filename
+Specifies an alternative logfile to be used than that specified in config.h
+.TP
+.B \-pidfile filename
+Specifies the ircd.pid used. The option is used to override the default
+ircd.pid given at compile time.
+.TP
+.B \-resvfile filename
+Specifies the resv.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
+is used to override the default resv.conf given at compile time.
+.TP
+.B \-xlinefile filename
+Specifies the xline.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
+is used to override the default xline.conf given at compile time.
+.TP
+.B \-conftest
+Makes \fIircd\fP check the ircd.conf for errors
+.TP
+.B \-foreground
+Makes \fIircd\fP run in the foreground
+.TP
+.B \-version
+Makes \fIircd\fP print its version, and exit.
+.SH USAGE
+If you plan to connect your \fIircd\fP server to an existing Irc-Network,
+you will need to alter your local IRC configuration file (typically named
+"ircd.conf") so that it will accept and make connections to other \fIircd\fP
+servers.  This file contains the hostnames, Network Addresses, and sometimes
+passwords for connections to other ircds around the world.  Because 
+description of the actual file format of the "ircd.conf" file is beyond the
+scope of this document, please refer to the file INSTALL in the IRC source
+files documentation directory.
+.LP
+.SH BOOTING THE SERVER
+The \fIircd\fP server can be started as part of the
+Unix boot procedure or just by placing the server into Unix Background.
+Keep in mind that if it is \fBnot\fP part of your Unix's boot-up procedure 
+then you will have to manually start the \fIircd\fP server each time your
+Unix is rebooted.  This means if your Unix is prone to crashing
+or going for for repairs a lot it would make sense to start the \fIircd\fP
+server as part of your UNIX bootup procedure.  
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.RS
+.nf
+tolsun% \fBbin/ircd\fP
+.fi
+.RE
+.LP
+Places \fIircd\fP into Unix background and starts up the server for use.
+Note:  You do not have to add the "&" to this command, the program will
+automatically detach itself from tty.
+.RS
+.nf
+leguin% \fBbin/ircd -foreground\fP
+.fi
+.RE
+.LP
+Runs ircd in the foreground.
+.RS
+.nf
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+(c) 1988,1989 University of Oulu, Computing Center, Finland,
+.LP
+(c) 1988,1989 Department of Information Processing Science,
+University of Oulu, Finland
+.LP
+(c) 1988,1989,1990,1991 Jarkko Oikarinen
+.LP
+(c) 1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 The IRCD-Hybrid project.
+.LP
+For full COPYRIGHT see LICENSE file with IRC package.
+.LP
+.RE
+.SH FILES
+ "ircd.conf"
+.SH BUGS
+None... ;-) if somebody finds one, please inform author
+.SH AUTHOR
+irc2.8 and earlier: Jarkko Oikarinen, currently jto@tolsun.oulu.fi.
+.LP
+ircd-hybrid-7: IRCD-Hybrid Project, ircd-hybrid@the-project.org.
+.LP
+manual page written by Jeff Trim, jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu,
+later modified by jto@tolsun.oulu.fi.
+.LP
+modified for ircd-hybrid-7 by Edward Brocklesby, ejb@klamath.uucp.leguin.org.uk.
+.LP
+updated by W. Campbell, wcampbel@botbay.net

doc/ircd.conf.example

@@ -4,51 +4,54 @@
  * Copyright (C) 2002-2005 ircd-ratbox development team
  * Copyright (C) 2005-2006 charybdis development team
  *
+ * $Id: example.conf 3582 2007-11-17 21:55:48Z jilles $
+ *
  * See reference.conf for more information.
  */
 
 /* Extensions */
-#loadmodule "extensions/chm_nonotice";
-#loadmodule "extensions/chm_operpeace";
-#loadmodule "extensions/createauthonly";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_account";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_canjoin";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_channel";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_combi";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_extgecos";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_hostmask";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_oper";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_realname";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_server";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_ssl";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_usermode";
-#loadmodule "extensions/hurt";
-#loadmodule "extensions/m_extendchans";
-#loadmodule "extensions/m_findforwards";
-#loadmodule "extensions/m_identify";
-#loadmodule "extensions/m_locops";
-#loadmodule "extensions/no_oper_invis";
-#loadmodule "extensions/sno_farconnect";
-#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globalnickchange";
-#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globaloper";
-#loadmodule "extensions/override";
-#loadmodule "extensions/no_kill_services";
+#loadmodule "extensions/chm_operonly_compat.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/chm_quietunreg_compat.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/chm_sslonly_compat.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/createauthonly.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_account.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_canjoin.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_channel.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_combi.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_extgecos.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_hostmask.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_oper.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_realname.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_server.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_ssl.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_usermode.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/hurt.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/m_findforwards.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/m_identify.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/no_oper_invis.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/sno_farconnect.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globalkline.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globaloper.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/sno_whois.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/override.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/no_kill_services.so";
 
 /*
  * IP cloaking extensions: use ip_cloaking_4.0
  * if you're linking 3.2 and later, otherwise use
- * ip_cloaking, for compatibility with older 3.x
+ * ip_cloaking.so, for compatibility with older 3.x
  * releases.
  */
 
-#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking_4.0";
-#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking";
+#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking_4.0.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking.so";
 
 serverinfo {
 	name = "hades.arpa";
 	sid = "42X";
-	description = "solanum test server";
+	description = "charybdis test server";
 	network_name = "StaticBox";
+	hub = yes;
 
 	/* On multi-homed hosts you may need the following. These define
 	 * the addresses we connect from to other servers. */
@@ -56,21 +59,19 @@ serverinfo {
 	#vhost = "192.0.2.6";
 	/* for IPv6 */
 	#vhost6 = "2001:db8:2::6";
+	
+	/* ssl_private_key: our ssl private key */
+	ssl_private_key = "etc/ssl.key";
 
-	/* ssl_cert: certificate (and optionally key) for our ssl server */
+	/* ssl_cert: certificate for our ssl server */
 	ssl_cert = "etc/ssl.pem";
 
-	/* ssl_private_key: our ssl private key (if not contained in ssl_cert file) */
-	#ssl_private_key = "etc/ssl.key";
-
 	/* ssl_dh_params: DH parameters, generate with openssl dhparam -out dh.pem 2048
 	 * In general, the DH parameters size should be the same as your key's size.
 	 * However it has been reported that some clients have broken TLS implementations which may
 	 * choke on keysizes larger than 2048-bit, so we would recommend using 2048-bit DH parameters
 	 * for now if your keys are larger than 2048-bit.
-	 *
-	 * If you do not provide parameters, some TLS backends will fail on DHE- ciphers,
-	 * and some will succeed but use weak, common DH groups! */
+	 */
 	ssl_dh_params = "etc/dh.pem";
 
 	/* ssld_count: number of ssld processes you want to start, if you
@@ -159,13 +160,7 @@ listen {
 	/* Listen on IPv6 (if you used host= above). */
 	#host = "2001:db8:2::6";
 	#port = 5000, 6665 .. 6669;
-	#sslport = 6697;
-
-	/* wsock: listeners defined with this option enabled will be websocket listeners,
-	 * and will not accept normal clients.
-	 */
-	wsock = yes;
-	sslport = 9999;
+	#sslport = 9999;
 };
 
 /* auth {}: allow users to connect to the ircd (OLD I:)
@@ -188,7 +183,7 @@ auth {
 	 * flags = ...; below if it is.
 	 */
 	password = "letmein";
-
+	
 	/* spoof: fake the users user@host to be be this.  You may either
 	 * specify a host or a user@host to spoof to.  This is free-form,
 	 * just do everyone a favour and dont abuse it. (OLD I: = flag)
@@ -196,28 +191,26 @@ auth {
 	spoof = "I.still.hate.packets";
 
 	/* Possible flags in auth:
-	 *
+	 * 
 	 * encrypted                  | password is encrypted with mkpasswd
 	 * spoof_notice               | give a notice when spoofing hosts
 	 * exceed_limit (old > flag)  | allow user to exceed class user limits
-	 * kline_exempt (old ^ flag)  | exempt this user from k/g/xlines,
-	 *                            | dnsbls, and proxies
-	 * proxy_exempt               | exempt this user from proxies
-	 * dnsbl_exempt               | exempt this user from dnsbls
-	 * spambot_exempt             | exempt this user from spambot checks
-	 * shide_exempt               | exempt this user from serverhiding
+	 * kline_exempt (old ^ flag)  | exempt this user from k/g/xlines&dnsbls
+	 * dnsbl_exempt		      | exempt this user from dnsbls
+	 * spambot_exempt	      | exempt this user from spambot checks
+	 * shide_exempt		      | exempt this user from serverhiding
 	 * jupe_exempt                | exempt this user from generating
 	 *                              warnings joining juped channels
-	 * resv_exempt                | exempt this user from resvs
+	 * resv_exempt		      | exempt this user from resvs
 	 * flood_exempt               | exempt this user from flood limits
-	 *                              USE WITH CAUTION.
+	 *                                     USE WITH CAUTION.
 	 * no_tilde     (old - flag)  | don't prefix ~ to username if no ident
 	 * need_ident   (old + flag)  | require ident for user in this class
 	 * need_ssl                   | require SSL/TLS for user in this class
 	 * need_sasl                  | require SASL id for user in this class
 	 */
 	flags = kline_exempt, exceed_limit;
-
+	
 	/* class: the class the user is placed in */
 	class = "opers";
 };
@@ -231,8 +224,7 @@ auth {
  * means they must be defined before operator {}.
  */
 privset "local_op" {
-	privs = oper:general, oper:privs, oper:testline, oper:kill, oper:operwall, oper:message,
-		usermode:servnotice, auspex:oper, auspex:hostname, auspex:umodes, auspex:cmodes;
+	privs = oper:local_kill, oper:operwall;
 };
 
 privset "server_bot" {
@@ -242,14 +234,13 @@ privset "server_bot" {
 
 privset "global_op" {
 	extends = "local_op";
-	privs = oper:routing, oper:kline, oper:unkline, oper:xline,
-		oper:resv, oper:cmodes, oper:mass_notice, oper:wallops,
-		oper:remoteban;
+	privs = oper:global_kill, oper:routing, oper:kline, oper:unkline, oper:xline,
+		oper:resv, oper:mass_notice, oper:remoteban;
 };
 
 privset "admin" {
 	extends = "global_op";
-	privs = oper:admin, oper:die, oper:rehash, oper:spy, oper:grant;
+	privs = oper:admin, oper:die, oper:rehash, oper:spy;
 };
 
 operator "god" {
@@ -262,13 +253,13 @@ operator "god" {
 	user = "*god@127.0.0.1";
 
 	/* password: the password required to oper.  Unless ~encrypted is
-	 * contained in flags = ...; this will need to be encrypted using
+	 * contained in flags = ...; this will need to be encrypted using 
 	 * mkpasswd, MD5 is supported
 	 */
 	password = "etcnjl8juSU1E";
 
 	/* rsa key: the public key for this oper when using Challenge.
-	 * A password should not be defined when this is used, see
+	 * A password should not be defined when this is used, see 
 	 * doc/challenge.txt for more information.
 	 */
 	#rsa_public_key_file = "/usr/local/ircd/etc/oper.pub";
@@ -306,17 +297,20 @@ operator "god" {
 	privset = "admin";
 };
 
-/* See connecting-servers.rst for an introduction to using these files. */
-
 connect "irc.uplink.com" {
 	host = "203.0.113.3";
 	send_password = "password";
 	accept_password = "anotherpassword";
 	port = 6666;
+	hub_mask = "*";
 	class = "server";
-	flags = topicburst;
+	flags = compressed, topicburst;
 
 	#fingerprint = "c77106576abf7f9f90cca0f63874a60f2e40a64b";
+
+	/* If the connection is IPv6, uncomment below.
+	 * Use 0::1, not ::1, for IPv6 localhost. */
+	#aftype = ipv6;
 };
 
 connect "ssl.uplink.com" {
@@ -324,6 +318,7 @@ connect "ssl.uplink.com" {
 	send_password = "password";
 	accept_password = "anotherpassword";
 	port = 9999;
+	hub_mask = "*";
 	class = "server";
 	flags = ssl, topicburst;
 };
@@ -337,8 +332,9 @@ cluster {
 	flags = kline, tkline, unkline, xline, txline, unxline, resv, tresv, unresv;
 };
 
-secure {
-	ip = "127.0.0.1";
+shared {
+	oper = "*@*", "*";
+	flags = all, rehash;
 };
 
 /* exempt {}: IPs that are exempt from Dlines and rejectcache. (OLD d:) */
@@ -354,7 +350,6 @@ channel {
 	knock_delay = 5 minutes;
 	knock_delay_channel = 1 minute;
 	max_chans_per_user = 15;
-	max_chans_per_user_large = 60;
 	max_bans = 100;
 	max_bans_large = 500;
 	default_split_user_count = 0;
@@ -369,9 +364,6 @@ channel {
 	disable_local_channels = no;
 	autochanmodes = "+nt";
 	displayed_usercount = 3;
-	strip_topic_colors = no;
-	opmod_send_statusmsg = no;
-	invite_notify_notice = yes;
 };
 
 serverhide {
@@ -381,14 +373,15 @@ serverhide {
 	disable_hidden = no;
 };
 
-/* These are the DNSBL settings.
+/* These are the blacklist settings.
  * You can have multiple combinations of host and rejection reasons.
  * They are used in pairs of one host/rejection reason.
  *
- * The default settings should be adequate for most networks.
+ * These settings should be adequate for most networks, and are (presently)
+ * required for use on StaticBox.
  *
- * It is not recommended to use DNSBL services designed for e-mail spam
- * prevention, such as SPEWS for blocking IRC connections.
+ * Word to the wise: Do not use blacklists like SPEWS for blocking IRC
+ * connections.
  *
  * As of charybdis 2.2, you can do some keyword substitution on the rejection
  * reason. The available keyword substitutions are:
@@ -405,16 +398,16 @@ serverhide {
  * as of this writing.
  *
  * As of charybdis 3.5, a matches parameter is allowed; if omitted, any result
- * is considered a match. If included, a comma-separated list of *quoted*
+ * is considered a match. If included, a comma-separated list of *quoted* 
  * strings is allowed to match queries. They may be of the format "0" to "255"
  * to match the final octet (e.g. 127.0.0.1) or "127.x.y.z" to explicitly match
- * an A record. The DNSBL match is only applied if it matches anything in the
+ * an A record. The blacklist is only applied if it matches anything in the 
  * list. You may freely mix full IP's and final octets.
  *
- * Consult your DNSBL provider for the meaning of these parameters; they
- * are usually used to denote different block reasons.
+ * Consult your blacklist provider for the meaning of these parameters; they
+ * are usually used to denote different ban types.
  */
-dnsbl {
+blacklist {
 	host = "rbl.efnetrbl.org";
 	type = ipv4;
 	reject_reason = "${nick}, your IP (${ip}) is listed in EFnet's RBL. For assistance, see http://efnetrbl.org/?i=${ip}";
@@ -426,78 +419,6 @@ dnsbl {
 #	reject_reason = "${nick}, your IP (${ip}) is listed in ${dnsbl-host} for some reason. In order to protect ${network-name} from abuse, we are not allowing connections listed in ${dnsbl-host} to connect";
 };
 
-/* These are the OPM settings.
- * This is similar to the functionality provided by BOPM. It will scan incoming
- * connections for open proxies by connecting to clients and attempting several
- * different open proxy handshakes. If they connect back to us (via a dedicated
- * listening port), and send back the data we send them, they are considered
- * an open proxy. For politeness reasons (users may be confused by the incoming
- * connection attempts if they are logging incoming connections), the user is
- * notified upon connect if they are being scanned.
- *
- * WARNING:
- * These settings are considered experimental. Only the most common proxy types
- * are checked for (Charybdis is immune from POST and GET proxies). If you are
- * not comfortable with experimental code, do not use this feature.
- */
-#opm {
-	/* IPv4 address to listen on. This must be a publicly facing IP address
-	 * to be effective.
-	 * If omitted, it defaults to serverinfo::vhost.
-	 */
-	#listen_ipv4 = "127.0.0.1";
-
-	/* IPv4 port to listen on.
-	 * This should not be the same as any existing listeners.
-	 */
-	#port_v4 = 32000;
-
-	/* IPv6 address to listen on. This must be a publicly facing IP address
-	 * to be effective.
-	 * If omitted, it defaults to serverinfo::vhost6.
-	 */
-	#listen_ipv6 = "::1";
-
-	/* IPv6 port to listen on.
-	 * This should not be the same as any existing listeners.
-	 */
-	#port_v6 = 32000;
-
-	/* You can also set the listen_port directive which will set both the
-	 * IPv4 and IPv6 ports at once.
-	 */
-	#listen_port = 32000;
-
-	/* This sets the timeout in seconds before ending open proxy scans.
-	 * Values less than 1 or greater than 60 are ignored.
-	 * It is advisable to keep it as short as feasible, so clients do not
-	 * get held up by excessively long scan times.
-	 */
-	#timeout = 5;
-
-	/* These are the ports to scan for SOCKS4 proxies on. They may overlap
-	 * with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given below.
-	 */
-	#socks4_ports = 1080, 10800, 443, 80, 8080, 8000;
-
-	/* These are the ports to scan for SOCKS5 proxies on. They may overlap
-	 * with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given below.
-	 */
-	#socks5_ports = 1080, 10800, 443, 80, 8080, 8000;
-
-	/* These are the ports to scan for HTTP connect proxies on (plaintext).
-	 * They may overlap with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given
-	 * below.
-	 */
-	#httpconnect_ports = 80, 8080, 8000;
-
-	/* These are the ports to scan for HTTPS CONNECT proxies on (SSL).
-	 * They may overlap with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given
-	 * below.
-	 */
-	#httpsconnect_ports = 443, 4443;
-#};
-
 alias "NickServ" {
 	target = "NickServ";
 };
@@ -530,6 +451,14 @@ alias "MS" {
 	target = "MemoServ";
 };
 
+/*
+fakechannel "#honeypot" {
+	topic = "Come in";
+	users_min = 50;
+	users_max = 300;
+};
+*/
+
 general {
 	hide_error_messages = opers;
 	hide_spoof_ips = yes;
@@ -561,7 +490,7 @@ general {
 	tkline_expire_notices = no;
 	default_floodcount = 10;
 	failed_oper_notice = yes;
-	dots_in_ident = 2;
+	dots_in_ident=2;
 	min_nonwildcard = 4;
 	min_nonwildcard_simple = 3;
 	max_accept = 100;
@@ -577,36 +506,29 @@ general {
 	resv_fnc = yes;
 	global_snotices = yes;
 	dline_with_reason = yes;
+	kline_delay = 0 seconds;
 	kline_with_reason = yes;
-	hide_tkdline_duration = no;
 	kline_reason = "K-Lined";
-	sasl_only_client_message = "You need to identify via SASL to use this server.";
-	identd_only_client_message = "You need to install identd to use this server.";
-	sctp_forbidden_client_message = "You are not allowed to use SCTP on this server.";
-	ssltls_only_client_message = "You need to use SSL/TLS to use this server.";
-	not_authorised_client_message = "You are not authorised to access this server.";
-	illegal_hostname_client_message = "You have an illegal character in your hostname.";
-	server_full_client_message = "Sorry, server is full - try later";
-	illegal_name_long_client_message = "Your username is invalid. Please make sure that your username contains only alphanumeric characters.";
-	illegal_name_short_client_message = "Invalid username";
 	identify_service = "NickServ@services.int";
 	identify_command = "IDENTIFY";
 	non_redundant_klines = yes;
 	warn_no_nline = yes;
 	use_propagated_bans = yes;
 	stats_e_disabled = no;
-	stats_c_oper_only = no;
-	stats_y_oper_only = no;
-	stats_o_oper_only = yes;
-	stats_P_oper_only = no;
-	stats_i_oper_only = masked;
-	stats_k_oper_only = masked;
+	stats_c_oper_only=no;
+	stats_h_oper_only=no;
+	stats_y_oper_only=no;
+	stats_o_oper_only=yes;
+	stats_P_oper_only=no;
+	stats_i_oper_only=masked;
+	stats_k_oper_only=masked;
 	map_oper_only = no;
 	operspy_admin_only = no;
 	operspy_dont_care_user_info = no;
 	caller_id_wait = 1 minute;
 	pace_wait_simple = 1 second;
 	pace_wait = 10 seconds;
+	listfake_wait = 180 seconds;
 	short_motd = no;
 	ping_cookie = no;
 	connect_timeout = 30 seconds;
@@ -615,7 +537,6 @@ general {
 	no_oper_flood = yes;
 	max_targets = 4;
 	client_flood_max_lines = 20;
-	post_registration_delay = 0 seconds;
 	use_whois_actually = no;
 	oper_only_umodes = operwall, locops, servnotice;
 	oper_umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop;
@@ -629,12 +550,24 @@ general {
 	throttle_count = 4;
 	max_ratelimit_tokens = 30;
 	away_interval = 30;
-	certfp_method = spki_sha256;
-	hide_opers_in_whois = no;
-	tls_ciphers_oper_only = no;
+	certfp_method = sha1;
 };
 
 modules {
 	path = "modules";
 	path = "modules/autoload";
 };
+
+/*
+vhost "selfsigned.hades.arpa" {
+	ssl_private_key = "etc/selfssl.key";
+	ssl_cert = "etc/selfssl.pem";
+};
+
+vhost "oldca.hades.arpa" {
+	ssl_private_key = "etc/oldssl.key";
+	ssl_cert = "etc/oldssl2.pem";
+  ssl_dh_params = "etc/olddh.pem";
+  ssl_cipher_list = "kEECDH+HIGH:kEDH+HIGH:HIGH:!RC4:!aNULL";;
+};
+*/

doc/ircd.motd

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-This is solanum MOTD you might replace it, but if not your friends will
+This is charybdis MOTD you might replace it, but if not your friends will
 laugh at you.

doc/logfiles.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-Charybdis logfiles - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+ircd-ratbox logfiles - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+$Id: logfiles.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
 ---------------------------
 
 fname_killlog

doc/modeg.txt

@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Note that some clients may have to use /quote ACCEPT instead of /accept.
 --
 
 Client Hwy101:  /msg Hwy-LL hi
-Hwy101 will see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode and must manually allow you to message them.
+Hwy101 will see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode (server-side ignore.)
                   -!- Hwy-LL has been informed that you messaged them.
 
 Hwy-LL will see:  -!- Hwy101 wcampbel@admin.irc.monkie.org is messaging you, and you have umode +g.
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Hwy-LL will see:  -!- Hwy101 wcampbel@admin.irc.monkie.org is messaging you, and
 --
 
 If Hwy101 sends another message to Hwy-LL (before the minute expires), he will
-see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode and must manually allow you to message them.
+see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode (server-side ignore.)
 and will not receive the second notice
 
 Hwy-LL will NOT see any notice. This also applies if the second message comes
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ their accept list.
 
 716 - ERR_TARGUMODEG
 --------------------
-:<server> 716 <nick> <target> :is in +g mode and must manually allow you to message them.
+:<server> 716 <nick> <target> :is in +g mode (server-side ignore.)
 
 This numeric is used to indicate that a message (PRIVMSG) the client sent
 could not be delivered because of CallerID restrictions. The <target>
@@ -215,3 +215,4 @@ which is ambiguous if the user may contain a [ and in the author's opinion ugly.
 --
 W. Campbell
 updated by J. Tjoelker
+$Id: modeg.txt 3556 2007-08-18 14:45:10Z jilles $

doc/modes.txt

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Standard channel modes are listed in help/opers/cmode
 
 The sgml docs have more detailed descriptions.
 
-User mode +x (hide hostname) is provided by contrib/ip_cloaking.so
+User mode +h (hide hostname) is provided by contrib/ip_cloaking.so
 Server notice mask +F (far connects) is provided by contrib/sno_farconnect.so
-Information on the caller ID system can be found in doc/features/modeg.txt
+
+# $Id: modes.txt 996 2006-03-09 01:14:34Z jilles $

doc/monitor.txt

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 MONITOR - Protocol for notification of when clients become online/offline
              Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+$Id: monitor.txt 3520 2007-06-30 22:15:35Z jilles $
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Currently, ISON requests by clients use a large amount of bandwidth.  It is

doc/old/Authors

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/************************************************************************
+ *   IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/AUTHORS
+ *   Copyright (C) 1990
+ *
+ * AUTHORS FILE:
+ *   This file attempts to remember all contributors to the IRC
+ *   developement. Names can be only added this file, no name
+ *   should never be removed. This file must be included into all
+ *   distributions of IRC and derived works.
+ *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ *   any later version.
+ *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+IRC was conceived of and written by Jarkko Oikarinen <jto@tolsun.oulu.fi>.
+IRC was originally written in University of Oulu, Computing Center.
+Jan 1991 - IRC 2.6  jto@tolsun.oulu.fi
+	- Multiple Channels and protocol changes
+
+Contributions were made by a cast of dozens, including the following:
+
+Markku Jarvinen <mta@tut.fi>: Emacs-like editing facility for the client
+
+Kimmo Suominen <kim@kannel.lut.fi>: HP-UX port
+
+Jeff Trim <jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu>: enhancements and advice
+
+Vijay Subramaniam <vijay@lll-winken.llnl.gov>: advice and ruthless publicity
+
+Karl Kleinpaste <karl@cis.ohio-state.edu>: user's manual
+
+Greg Lindahl <gl8f@virginia.edu>: AUTOMATON code, the Wumpus GM automaton,
+myriad bug fixes
+
+Bill Wisner <wisner@hayes.fai.alaska.edu>: numerous bug fixes and code
+enhancements
+
+Tom Davis <conslt16@zeus.unl.edu> and Tim Russell <russell@zeus.unl.edu>:
+VMS modifications
+
+Markku Savela <msa@tel4.tel.vtt.fi>: advice, support, and being the
+incentive to do some of our *own* coding. :)
+
+Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu>: bug fixes, quarantine lines,
+consolidation of various patches.
+
+Christopher Davis <ckd@cs.bu.edu>: EFnet/Anet gateway coding,
+many automata ;), documentation fixing.
+
+Helen Rose <hrose@cs.bu.edu>: documentation updating, and fixing.
+
+Tom Hinds <rocker@bucsf.bu.edu>: emacs client updating.
+
+Tim Miller <cerebus@bu-pub.bu.edu>: various server and client-breaking
+features.
+
+Darren Reed <avalon@coombs.anu.edu.au>: various bug fixes and enhancements.
+Introduced nickname and channelname hash tables into the server.
+
+The version 2.2 release was coordinated by Mike Bolotski
+<mikeb@salmon.ee.ubc.ca>.
+
+The version 2.4 release was coordinated by Markku Savela and
+Chelsea Ashley Dyerman
+
+The version 2.5.2 release was coordinated by Christopher Davis, Helen Rose,
+and Tom Hopkins.
+
+The versions 2.6.2, 2.7 and 2.8 releases were coordinated by Darren Reed.
+
+Contributions for the 2.8 release from the following people:
+Matthew Green <phone@coombs.anu.edu.au>
+Chuck Kane <ckane@ece.uiuc.edu>
+Matt Lyle <matt@oc.com>
+Vesa Ruokonen <ruokonen@lut.fi>
+
+Markku Savela <Markku.Savela@vtt.fi> / April 1990
+Fixed various bugs in 2.2PL1 release server (2.2msa.4) and changed
+sockets to use non-blocking mode (2.2msa.9). [I have absolutely
+nothing to do with clients :-]
+
+Chelsea Ashley Dyerman <chelsea@earth.cchem.berkeley.edu> / April 1990
+Rewrote the Makefiles, restructuring of source tree. Added libIrcd.a to
+the Makefile macros, numerous reformatting of server text messages, and
+added mkversion.sh to keep track of compilation statistics. Numerous
+bug fixes and enhancements, and co-coordinator of the 2.4 release.
+
+jarlek@ifi.uio.no added mail functions to irc.
+
+Armin Gruner <gruner@informatik.tu-muenchen.de> / May, June 1990:
+* Patched KILL-line feature for ircd.conf, works now.
+  Enhancement:  Time intervals can be specified in passwd-field.
+  Result: KILL-Line is only active during these intervals
+* Patched PRIVMSG handling, now OPER can specify masks for sending
+  private messages, advantage: msg to all at a specified server or host.
+* Little tests on irc 2.5 alpha, fixed some little typos in client code.
+  Change: common/debug.c has been moved to ircd/s_debug.c, and a
+  irc/c_debug.c has been created, for the benefit that wrong server msg
+  are displayed if client does not recognize them. (strange, if a server
+  sends an 'unknown command', isn't it?)
+
+Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu> / September, October 1990:
+* Patched msa's K lines for servers (Q lines).
+* Consolidated several patches, including Stealth's logging patch. 
+* Fixed several minor bugs. 
+* Has done lots of other stuff that I can't seem to remember, but he
+  always works on code, so he has to have done alot more than three
+  lines worth. :) 
+
+Thanks go to those persons not mentioned here who have added their advice,
+opinions, and code to IRC.
+
+Various modifications, bugreports, cleanups and testing by:
+
+Hugo Calendar <hugo@ucscb.ucsc.edu>
+Bo Adler <adler@csvax.cs.caltech.edu>
+Michael Sandrof <ms5n+@andrew.cmu.edu>
+Jon Solomon <jsol@cs.bu.edu>
+Jan Peterson <jlp@hamblin.math.byu.edu>
+Nathan Glasser <nathan@brokaw.lcs.mit.edu>
+Helen Rose <hrose@eff.org>
+Mike Pelletier <stealth@caen.engin.umich.edu>
+Basalat Ali Raja <gwydion@tavi.rice.edu>
+Eric P. Scott <eps@toaster.sfsu.edu>
+Dan Goodwin <fornax@wpi.wpi.edu>
+Noah Friedman <friedman@ai.mit.edu>

doc/oper-guide/config.rst

@@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ hub
     serving as a hub, i.e. have multiple servers connected to it.
 
 vhost
-    An optional text field which defines an IPv4 address from which
-    to connect outward to other IRC servers.
+    An optional text field which defines an IP from which to connect
+    outward to other IRC servers.
 
 vhost6
-    An optional text field which defines an IPv6 address from which
-    to connect outward to other IRC servers.
+    An optional text field which defines an IPv6 IP from which to
+    connect outward to other IRC servers.
 
 admin {} block
 --------------
@@ -255,9 +255,6 @@ flags
 class
     A name of a class to put users matching this auth{} block into.
 
-umodes
-    Additional umodes to apply to the default_umodes upon connect.
-
 auth {} flags
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
@@ -449,6 +446,10 @@ host
               ``A`` or ``AAAA`` record (no ``CNAME``) and it must be
               the primary hostname for inbound connections to work.
 
+          IPv6 addresses must be in ``::`` shortened form; addresses which
+          then start with a colon must be prepended with a zero, for
+          example ``0::1``.
+
 send\_password
     The password to send to the other server.
 
@@ -477,8 +478,7 @@ flags
 
 aftype
     The protocol that should be used to connect with, either ipv4 or
-    ipv6. This defaults to neither, allowing connection using either
-    address family.
+    ipv6. This defaults to ipv4 unless host is a numeric IPv6 address.
 
 **connect {} flags**
 

doc/operguide.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+
+EFnet Oper Guide
+Last update: 02-21-2002
+Written and maintained by Riedel
+E-Mail: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
+
+ 1.  Commands you should know about
+ 2.  The client of your choice
+ 3.  Your primary responsibilities
+ 4.  Re-routing
+ 4.1 Re-routing other servers and remote connects
+ 5.  Kills and klines
+ 6.  Kill and K-Line requests
+ 7.  Happy birthday!
+ 8.  Security
+ 9.  Know who your friends are
+10.  The TCM bot
+11.  Services 
+12.  G-Lines
+
+
+1. Commands you should know about
+
+  This is no longer covered here. IRCD-hybrid is changing too rapidly, so
+  this section would be outdated in no time ;) For an up-to-date version,
+  please download the latest hybrid at www.ircd-hybrid.org.
+
+
+2. The client of your choice
+
+  There are many IRC clients around for a wide variety of operating systems.
+  Being an IRC Operator doesn't *require* you to use a UNIX client, however
+  I personally prefer UNIX-based clients. If you're familiar with UNIX and
+  use UNIX for opering, I suggest ircII / epic. There are a lot of scripts
+  available for those two clients, and it's not that hard to write scripts
+  yourself to suite your needs. It is important that you know how to operate
+  your client, and familiarize yourself with the options and features. For
+  whatever client you chose this goes for any of them: You should be in
+  control of your client, instead of the client being in control of you.
+
+Resources :
+
+  www.mirc.co.uk	- mIRC (MS-Windows)
+  www.irchelp.org	- a variety of clients and scripts
+  ftp.blackened.com	- several UNIX based clients available
+
+
+3. Your primary responsibilities
+
+  As an IRC Operator, you're responsible for maintaining the server on a
+  real-time basis. You represent your server, and you represent the network.
+  Irresponsible / rude / offensive / stupid behavior may discredit your server
+  and the network. You should focus on the task you were chosen for...
+  maintainance.  Sounds simple, no? It means getting rid of users that abuse
+  the service, enforcing the server's policy and keeping the server linked.
+  Users will ask you questions, and expect you to know all the answers.. after
+  all, you're the oper!
+
+  Be prepared for users trying to fool you, sweet talk you into things you
+  don't want, lie and deceive. Most users are handling in good faith...
+  however, the abusers have learned how to manipulate opers. They have studied
+  the alien creature 'oper' for ages like biologists study animals. Be
+  paranoid, be curious and be suspicious. I can't stress the importancy of that
+  often enough.
+
+  Second priority has the network. You were not chosen to maintain the network
+  but you were chosen to maintain the server. However, you may want to be able
+  to reroute servers. If you see something broken, don't be afraid to fix it.
+  If you do, be sure you fix things and don't make it worse. Before you
+  step into routing, be sure you've familiarized yourself with the network's
+  topology, and be confident enough to perform such actions. (re)routing is
+  covered in the next chapter.
+
+  Opers on the network depend on a trusting relationship. You can usually take
+  the word from an oper. Other opers are considered -trusted-, however, there
+  are exceptions. Sometimes even opers lie to opers to get things done. Don't
+  be afraid to ask for proof of a certain statement, such as logs.
+  This doesn't mean you distrust the oper in question, but -you- and you alone
+  are responsible for your actions. You call the shots on your server, unless
+  your admin says otherwise.
+
+
+4. Re-routing
+
+  Re-routing is not hard, and it's not scary but it is important that you do it
+  right. The commands you'll use are SQUIT and CONNECT. First, a very simple
+  example. Let's say your server, irc.yourserver.com is lagged to it's uplink,
+  irc.uplink.com and you want to reroute your server. You have to think about
+  where you want your server to be linked, and you have to time your reroute.
+  An example topology :
+               
+irc.yourserver.com ---- irc.uplink.com
+                        |      |      \
+                        B      C      D
+                       / \
+                      E   F
+                         / \
+                        G   H --- O
+                      / | \ | \
+                     I  J K L  M
+                                \
+                                 N
+
+  In this case, you're uplinked by irc.uplink.com
+  irc.uplink.com also hubs B, C and D. Server B functions as hub for E and F;
+  F hubs G and H; H hubs L, M and O. G hubs I, J and K. M hubs N.
+  Your server is allowed to connect to server B, F and G. So you consider the
+  servers you're able to connect to. Is the lag caused by a server that uplinks
+  irc.uplink.com ? Use /stats ? irc.uplink.com to determine lag to the other
+  servers. If irc.uplink.com does not respond, the lag is to your uplink. If
+  so, you cannot be sure about the state of the other uplinks, so you'd have to
+  get on a remote server and determine lag by using /stats ? and /trace. For
+  example, you could connect to server N, and /trace yournick. Yournick, being
+  the nick on your server. You'll see which route it takes, and what the
+  problem server is. Example /trace output :
+
+S:[SERVER-N       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-M            ]
+S:[SERVER-M       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-H            ]
+S:[SERVER-H       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-F            ]
+S:[SERVER-F       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-B            ]
+S:[SERVER-B       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.uplink.com      ]
+S:[irc.uplink.com ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.yourserver.com  ]
+
+  The trace doesn't complete... server-b announces irc.uplink.com, and
+  irc.uplink.com announces your server. Your server should return something
+  like :
+
+S:[irc.yourserver.] OPER [yournick!user@yourhost]
+
+  If it doesn't, we know the lag is only between yourserver and uplink.
+  Usually if there is lag between your server and your uplink, the send-queue
+  rises. This is not always the case. Sometimes your server can write perfectly
+  to your uplink, but not reverse. That is called one sided lag.
+
+  We pick server B to link to. It means we have to SQUIT and CONNECT.
+  To unlink from irc.uplink.com and connect to SERVER_B we'd type:
+  /quote SQUIT irc.uplink.com :reroute
+  /connect SERVER_B
+
+  we *DON'T* SQUIT irc.yourserver.com... and I'll try to explain why:
+  If we wanted to remove hub M from the network, and with it N, we'd issue
+  a SQUIT M. An SQUIT follows a path, relays the SQUIT request to each server
+  in that path. Finally it reaches server H, which is the hub for M. Server H
+  sees the SQUIT and drops the link to M.
+
+  Now a different situation, we want to separate yourserver, uplink, C and D
+  from the rest of the network, in order to reroute. We'd have to SQUIT server
+  B, since we want the -uplink- of server B (being irc.uplink.com) to drop the
+  link to server B.
+
+  If you'd SQUIT irc.yourserver.com, you ask yourserver.com to drop the link to
+  itself, which is impossible. If you SQUIT irc.uplink.com, you ask yourserver
+  to drop the link to uplink, which is what we want to do.
+
+  After the SQUIT and CONNECT, the new situation looks like this :
+
+                        irc.uplink.com
+                        |      |      \
+  irc.yourserver.com -- B      C      D
+                       / \
+                      E   F
+                         / \
+                        G   H --- O
+                      / | \ | \
+                     I  J K L  M
+                                \
+                                 N
+
+  If yourserver is a Hub, it makes the situation more complex, since your
+  actions have more impact.
+
+
+4.1 - Re-routing other servers and remote connects
+
+Example topology :
+
+                        irc.uplink.com
+                        |      |      \
+  irc.yourserver.com -- B      C      D
+                       / \
+                      E   F
+                         / \
+                        G   H --- O
+                      / | \ | \
+                     I  J K L  M
+                                \
+                                 N
+
+  Let's say, hub H is way lagged to F, but G to F is fine... we want to reroute
+  H, and stick H to G.
+
+  We'd do :
+
+  /quote SQUIT serverh :re-routing you babe
+  /connect serverh 6667 serverg
+
+  A global wallops will be sent :
+  !serverg! Remote CONNECT serverh 6667 from ItsMe
+
+  When re-routing, always give the server some time to prevent nick collides.
+  When there is lag, people will connect to another server. When you SQUIT and
+  CONNECT to fast, a lot of those clients will be collided. Also, stick to your
+  territory. How enthusiastic you may be, you cannot route the world. If you're
+  an oper on the US side, stick to the US side when re-routing. Needless to
+  say, if you're EU, keep it to EU ;)
+
+
+5. Kills and klines
+
+  As an oper, you're given the incredible power *cough* of KILL and KLINE.
+  /kill nick reason  disconnects a client from IRC with the specified reason.
+  A /quote kline *evil@*.dude.org :reason here  bans the user from your server.
+  Abusive kills and klines may draw attacks to your server, so always consider
+  if a kline or kill is deserved. If the server gets attacked after a valid
+  kill or kline, well.. tough luck. You should never be 'afraid' to kline
+  anyone on your server. If it's a good reason, make it so. Even if you know
+  it may cause the server to be attacked. Maybe good to think about is this:
+  - if /ignore solves the problem rather than a kick, /ignore
+  - kick if a ban is unneeded
+  - ban if a /kill is unwarranted for
+  - kill rather than kline if that solves the problem
+  - kline when a server ban is really needed.
+
+  You kline a user when you absolutely don't want this user to use the service
+  your server is providing.
+
+  Crosskills (killing users on another server) are another issue. Some admins
+  don't care if users get /kill'ed off their server, for any reason or no
+  reason at all... and other admins are very anal about it. A good way to go
+  (IMO) is to issue a KILL if there is an absolute need for the target user to
+  be disconnected. If there are active opers on that server, let them handle
+  it.  They'll be upset if you /kill a user off their server, without
+  contacting them.  /stats p irc.server.here shows the active opers on a
+  particular server. Some opers have multiple o-lines and are not watching all
+  sessions. If you can't find an active oper on a server, you can 
+  /quote operwall a request for opers from that server.
+
+  Ghost KILLs are another story, an often misunderstood one.
+  When you see a /KILL from an oper with the reason 'ghosted' they usually
+  KILL a client that's about to ping timeout. That is not what a ghost is!
+  To quote Dianora: "a ghost happens because a client misses being killed when
+  it should be. Its a race condition due to nick chasing". In other words,
+  Server X thinks client A has been KILLed, while server Y missed the KILL
+  for that client.
+
+
+6. Kill and K-Line requests
+
+  As previously mentioned, if an oper from another server contacts you and
+  requests a kill or a kline for a local client with a good reason, you can
+  usually trust this request. Opers depend on a trusting relationship. However,
+  since you're responsible for the kill or kline, it is not rude to ask for
+  proof. It depends on the oper making the request how thats interpreted, but
+  the way they respond to asking for proof tells more about them than about
+  you.
+
+  The more and longer you oper, how better you get to know the other opers.
+  You know who is honest, you'll know who are lying and deceiving. Before
+  you acquire this knowledge, you can merely rely on common sense and
+  instincts.  You'll probably make mistakes occasionally, and thats nothing to
+  be ashamed of.  Opers are - despite contrary believes - human.
+
+  Users occasionally will ask you to kill or kline a user/bot too. Some
+  requests are straight-forward and clear, others require you to be cautious. I
+  recommend to always investigate such requests, and when you're confident the
+  request is valid, issue the kill or kline.
+
+
+7. Happy birthday!
+
+  It is a custom on EFnet to birthday /kill opers of whom it is his/her
+  birthday.  Not all opers like this, but typically those opers don't let
+  others know about their birthday. You'll notice that the KILLS say a lot
+  about who likes who and who is friends with who.  Whether you want to
+  participate, is entirely up to you.
+
+
+8. Security
+
+  As with any privilege, you have to handle it cautiously and responsibly.
+  Be sure that your o/O line doesn't get compromised! Oper only from secure
+  hosts. You and only you should know your password. Don't share your oper
+  account, and make your oper password a UNIQUE one. If your o/O line gets
+  compromised, nasty things may/will happen. Imagine an oper with crosskill
+  capabilities who's operline gets 'hacked'... the results are often
+  disastrous and you will lose respect and trust from others. It can cause
+  your oper privileges to be revoked, or even the server to be (temporarily)
+  delinked.
+
+
+9. Know who your friends are
+
+  As an oper you will get a lot of users that want to be 'friends' with you.
+  Users offer you free* access to their *nix servers, ops in channels,
+  unlimited leech access to the biggest and fastest warez sites *gasp* and
+  more. They want favors in return. They say they don't but they truly want
+  something in return. They -expect- something in return. You could either
+  don't respond to such offers, or use them. The last option creates an even
+  more distorted image of opers and doesn't do any good for the user <-> oper
+  relationship.  Your *real* friends are usually the persons who were your
+  friends _before_ you acquired the extra privileges.
+
+
+10. The TCM Bot
+
+  A TCM bot can be a valuable tool for opers. It keeps record of all connected
+  clients, flags clients with multiple connections and has all sorts of other
+  useful commands. There are three different kind of TCM's in use on EFnet,
+  being OOMon, TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid. Every one of them requires you to
+  log in to be able to access the privileged commands. On OOMon you DCC chat
+  the TCM bot and do '.auth yournick yourpass' where yournick is your oper
+  name in your o/O line. In TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid you register with:
+  '.register yourpass', where yourpass is your password ;)
+  All TCM commands start with a period. If you forget the period, the text goes
+  into the 'partyline', where it is echoed to all connected opers.
+
+  Resources :	http://toast.blackened.com/oomon/help
+		http://www.db.net/~db/tcm.html
+
+
+11. Services
+
+  A recent addition to EFNet is Channel Fixer, aka ChanFix. This is an
+  automated service that re-ops clients on opless channels. There are a few
+  restrictions.  First, the channel has to be of significant size for ChanFix
+  to store it in its database. Second, it only logs static addresses.
+
+  How does it work? Periodically it stores information about the channel state
+  in its database, for every channel in there. On every 'run', a channel
+  operator gets one point. These scores make a top-5 of 'most frequent opped
+  clients'.  When a channel becomes opless, ChanFix will join and op the top-5
+  opped clients CURRENTLY IN THE CHANNEL.
+
+  Chanfix can be invoked manually by server administrators. /msg ChanFix
+  chanfix #channel is the command to do it. ChanFix will join, and treat the
+  channel as if it were opless. It lowers TS by one (resulting in a deop of
+  the entire channel) and re-ops the top-5 clients currently in the channel.
+  The Channel Fixer won't log or actively fix channels when there's a split of
+  significant size.  Needless to say, the chanfix command must be used with
+  caution.
+
+
+12. G-Lines
+
+  Oh yes! A G-Line section. Currently, a part of EFNet (EU-EFnet) has G-Lines
+  enabled. This was decided by the EU admin community and is now mandatory
+  within EU-EFnet. In order for a G-Line to be activated, three opers from
+  three different servers need to issue the _exact_ same G-Line. The reason
+  is not counted.
+
+  G-Lines work best when the EU side of EFNet is not fragmented. G-Lines
+  will, however, propogate through a Hybrid 6 hub (but not a CSr hub) even
+  if the hub server has G-Lines disabled. This propogation allows two halves
+  of EU-EFnet to have concurrent G-Lines set even when split by US hub servers.
+
+
+  Questions / Comments / Suggestions are welcome.
+  You can e-mail me: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
+
+Best regards,
+--
+Dennis "Riedel" Vink       ___~___  Email - dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
+Unix System Administrator  \  |  /  Phone - +31 23 5111111
+Vuurwerk Internet           '|.|'   PGP   - 0xD68A7AAB
+
+And on the seventh day, He exited from append mode.
+
+# $Id: operguide.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

doc/opermyth.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+
+Date: Thu, 30 Jul 1998 16:21:40-0700 (MST)
+To: operlist@the-project.org
+From: rayp@primenet.com (Ray Powers)
+Subject: The myths of opers....
+
+I've always wanted to write something like this.. Its half rant, half
+fact, so bear with it. Hopefully it will be worth reading.
+
+There's a lot of hate for opers for a lot of reasons. Some are directly
+oper related (i.e. 99% of us are colossal assholes), some are directly
+user related (i.e. 99% of you are raving lunatics), and some is just plain
+misconceptions. I'd like to take a minute to talk about part three in
+hopes of clearing a few things up. This will kind of be in a FAQ form,
+maybe you'll like it,  maybe not, but its worth a shot.
+
+Q: What can an oper on EFnet do.
+A: This is an EXACT list of what we can do:
+        1) /squit a server, separating it from the rest of the net
+        2) /die our server
+        3) /kill a user, this disconnects them from the server they are on
+        4) /kline a hostmask, this bans them from our server
+        5) /dline an ip, this bans them from our server, regardless of 
+           hostmask
+        6) See all invisible users on our server
+        7) Mass Msg/CTCP/notice a hostmask
+        8) Mass Msg/CTCP/notice a server
+        9) See and send Operwall/wallops notices
+
+That's it. We can see more server messages than you, but that's not the
+point.. The point to be shown here is very simple, *none* of these things
+have anything to do with channels. Which leads us to our next question.
+
+Q: What can opers *NOT* do, but keep being asked to anyways?
+A: We can *NOT*:
+        1) Enter a channel that is +i or +k without being invited or 
+           having the key
+        2) See who is inside a +s channel  
+        3) Op ourselves or op you on a channel (unless of course we are a 
+           channel op for that channel)
+        4) Tell you what XXXX's new nick is since they changed it to hide 
+           from you.
+        5) Deop someone for you on a channel (unless of course we are a 
+           channel op for that channel)
+
+Notice a trend, with the exception of 4, all of these are 100% channel
+related. EFnet is made so that opers have *NO* power of channels, for
+better or worse. If we don't help you with these requests, its not because
+we won't, its because we are completely incapable doing so. On the other
+hand....
+
+Q: What can opers do, but won't?
+A: This will be a bit differently done, because I figure I should explain 
+   why opers don't do these things, when they may normally make sense.
+        1) Why won't they kill somebody who has stolen your nick.
+              EFnet has gone on the basis of nicks not being owned, which is 
+           why there is no nickserv on EFnet.  Of course we see opers kill 
+           all the time for nicks, though, so it seems rather hypocrital, 
+           doesn't it?  
+              An oper who kills for his nick will tell you its because the 
+           other person was a bot, was juping his nick, or was imitating an 
+           oper.  It may be true, but it really comes down to the same 
+           feeling you get when your nick is taken "Hey! that's my name! I 
+           don't want that person using my name!" 
+              I personally, do not kill for nicks. If someone takes my nick, 
+           they can have it. Let them get my several hundred messages a day. 
+           :P  But the problem with the oper is this: How does an oper know 
+           that you are really the person that uses that nick, or are you 
+           the guy that wants to nick jupe that nick out from the real guy? 
+           Unless the oper knows you well, they don't.. And saying that 
+           people generally tell the truth means you haven't been on EFnet 
+           very long. 
+              I would prefer to think I am one of the more well respected 
+           people on the net and people still lie to me on a regular basis. 
+           So, the oper is stuck refusing to help because he can't tell who 
+           is who. Remember this line of reasoning, its going to be coming 
+           up a lot. :P
+        2) Why won't they kill that guy nuking/smurfing/ping -f'ing me?
+              This one is simple.  There is no way to prove that somebody is 
+           doing any of these things to you from an opers point of view. All 
+           logs are fakeable, and the oper has no way to firsthand prove its 
+           happening. Your best bet in this situation is to log what you can 
+           and complain loud and long to their ISPs.
+        3) Why won't they help me take my channel back?
+              There's a bunch of answers to this. First, it is popular 
+           opinion at EFnet that channels are not owned, and therefore, if 
+           you lose a channel, you should go make another one.  Notice I 
+           say popular instead of official, because EFnet has never had an 
+           "official" policy on much of anything. 
+              But more and more you see opers killing for takeovers, so why 
+           are they helping their channels and not yours.  
+              Well, first, let's say your channel was taken over, and is now 
+           +smtinlk. How exactly is the oper supposed to find out who is 
+           oped in the channel right now to mass kill them? Even if they do get 
+           all the nicks, they have to somehow manage to kill them all in 
+           one hit, or they'll all just op each other again and it will be 
+           fruitless. Or worse, they could have it all set up, and some 
+           other oper could kill them halfway through because they don't 
+           like mass-kills and it would be all ruined. 
+              Or, let's say the mass-kill goes off, then the channel is 
+           opless and generally speaking, chaos begins. People start 
+           mass-nuking or flooding the channel to clear it out, or just to 
+           be annoying. And there's still a 50/50 chance that takeover
+           people will get the channel back on a split and we'll have to try 
+           to do it all over again.  
+              If you're about to ask why they don't split their server,
+           the answer is very simple: We are not about to screw up roughly 
+           30,000 peoples chatting for your channel. Its rude. This of 
+           course is all based on the fact that we can prove its taken over, 
+           as per the conversation about nicks, we often can't.
+        4) But.. its obvious they took it from me! The topic says 
+           "Ha ha, we took your channel Rick!" for Pete's sake! And 
+           there's only One op, so you can kill him and get the channel 
+           back immediately!
+              This one is a bit more complex, but its really a personal 
+           call. That one op could be a rampant smurfpup with a penis so 
+           tiny he has no choice but to rampantly smurf and synflood anyone 
+           that gets in his way.  This is popularly known on irc as SPS, or 
+           Small Penis Syndrome.  In this case, if the oper does help you 
+           out, they could end up with their server being downed for a day 
+           or two, and it really isn't worth it for your channel, no 
+           offense.
+
+Keep in mind that this is all spoken from the perspective of someone who
+*DOES* help with channels when possible, but understands greatly the
+reasons not to, and judges each situation very carefully.
+
+That's the gist of the information I was trying to get across.  If you
+were cluefull enough to get on operlist, a lot of this may be common
+knowledge to you, but sometimes its good to step back and see why opers do
+what they do a lot of the time. 
+
+Hoping this is of value to SOMEONE....
+
+Ray Powers
+Monkster/MimePunk/PrimeMonk/PacMonk/MtgMonk/Ihavefartoomanynickstonickjupe
+

doc/readme.txt

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-Here is the overview of the documents in the doc/ directory.
-
-Subdirectories:
-
-features/               - Documents about features and standards
-technical/              - Technical documents about ircd internals and
-                          protocol information
-sgml/                   - SGML documentation
-
-Files:
-
-ircd.conf.example       - An example ircd.conf file describing most of the
-                          user settable options
-ircd.motd               - A default ircd.motd used by make install
-reference.conf          - A complete example showing all possible config
-                          options
-credits-past.txt        - Credits for the predecessors to Charybdis
-logfiles.txt            - Description of formatting of some logfiles
-server-version-info.txt - Overview of the flags shown in /version
-
-Also in the contrib/ directory you will find:
-example_module.c - An example module, detailing what the code in a module
-		   does.  Useful for building your own modules.

doc/sasl.txt

@@ -127,3 +127,4 @@ Kucharski (IRCnet), IRC Client Capabilities Extension. March 2005.
 This internet-draft has expired; it can still be found on
 http://www.leeh.co.uk/draft-mitchell-irc-capabilities-02.html
 
+$Id: sasl.txt 3169 2007-01-28 22:13:18Z jilles $

doc/server-version-info

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
                               Server VERSION Info
 
+   $Id: server-version-info 1851 2006-08-24 17:16:53Z jilles $
 
    Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team
    Copyright (c) 2002 ircd-ratbox development team
-   Copyright (c) 2016 Charybdis development team
 
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    When you type /version, you will often see something like this:
 
- charybdis-3.5.0-rc1(20151011-d09bde1). joestar.interlinked.me :eIKMpSZ6 TS6ow 1US
+ ircd-ratbox-1.0rc7(20021120_0). embers.lan egGHIKMpZ6 TS5ow
 
    Ever wondered what those funny chars mean after the version number? Well
    here they are:
@@ -17,6 +17,12 @@
    +----------------------------+
    | 'e'  | USE_EXCEPT          |
    |------+---------------------|
+   | 'g'  | NO_FAKE_GLINES      |
+   |------+---------------------|
+   | 'G'  | GLINES              |
+   |------+---------------------|
+   | 'H'  | HUB                 |
+   |------+---------------------|
    | 'I'  | USE_INVEX           |
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'K'  | USE_KNOCK           |
@@ -27,6 +33,8 @@
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'S'  | OPERS_SEE_ALL_USERS |
    |------+---------------------|
+   | 'T'  | IGNORE_BOGUS_TS     |
+   |------+---------------------|
    | 'Z'  | ZIPLINKS            |
    |------+---------------------|
    | '6'  | IPv6                |
@@ -35,7 +43,7 @@
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'TS' | Supports TS         |
    |------+---------------------|
-   | '6'  | TS Version 6        |
+   | '5'  | TS Version 5        |
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'o'  | TS Only             |
    |------+---------------------|

doc/services.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,9 @@
-Services compatibility documentation
-------------------------------------
+ratbox-services compatibility documentation - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-Originally written by Lee Hardy for ircd-ratbox. Minor changes by Elizabeth
-Myers for modern services.
-
-
-Compatibility with services is always enabled.  Supported services include
-atheme and anope. They add the following features to Charybdis:
+Compatibility with ratbox-services is always enabled.  Note that some or
+all of this is also used by atheme-services and anope.  It will add the
+following features to ircd:
 
 1. Channel mode +r
 
@@ -20,8 +17,8 @@ atheme and anope. They add the following features to Charybdis:
 
    Ability to specify the names of services servers in ircd.conf:
    service {
-       name = "services.charybdis.io";
-       name = "backup-services.charybdis.io";
+       name = "services.ircd-ratbox.org";
+       name = "backup-services.ircd-ratbox.org";
    };
 
    These must be specified for certain features to work.  You may specify as
@@ -63,3 +60,4 @@ atheme and anope. They add the following features to Charybdis:
    Gives numeric 486 to users sending a PRIVMSG who are not logged in:
    :<server> 486 <nick> <targetnick> :You must log in with services to message this user
 
+# $Id: services.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

doc/technical/README.TSora

@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+                       Protocol changes for +TSora
+                       ---------------------------
+
+
+Note: 
+
+The protocols described here implement TimeStamps on IRC channels and 
+nicks. The idea of IRC TimeStamps was started on Undernet, and first 
+implemented by Run <carlo@runaway.xs4all.nl>. The protocols used here 
+are not exactly the same as the ones used on Undernet; the nick-kill 
+handling is very similar and must be credited to Run, while the 
+"TimeStamped channel description" protocol is quite different.
+
+
+
+TSora servers keep track of which version of the TS protocol (if any) 
+their neighboring servers are using, and take it into account when 
+sending messages to them. This allows for seamless integration of TS 
+servers into a non-TS net, and for upgrades of the protocol.
+
+Each server knows which is the lowest and the highest version of the
+TS protocol it can interact with; currently both of these are set to 1:
+
+#define TS_CURRENT 1		/* the highest TS ver we can do */
+#define TS_MIN 1		/* the lowest TS ver we can do  */
+
+
+Timings and TS versions:
+========================
+
+. Keep a 'delta' value to be added to the result of all calls to time(),
+  initially 0.
+
+. Send a second argument to the PASS command, ending in the 'TS' string.
+
+. Send a
+
+  SVINFO <TS_CURRENT> <TS_MIN> <STANDALONE> :<UTC-TIME>
+  
+  just after "SERVER", where <STANDALONE> is 1 if we're connected to 
+  more TSora servers, and 0 if not, and <UTC-TIME> is our idea of the 
+  current UTC time, fixed with the delta.
+
+. When we receive a "SVINFO <x> <y> <z> :<t>" line from a connecting 
+  server, we ignore it if TS_CURRENT<y or x<TS_MIN, otherwise we
+  set a flag remembering that that server is TS-aware, remember the TS 
+  version to use with it (min(TS_CURRENT, x)). Additionally, if this is 
+  our first connected TS server, we set our delta to t-<OUR_UTC> if
+  z==0, and to (t-<OUR_UTC>)/2 if z!=0. The SVINFO data is kept around
+  until the server has effectively registered with SERVER, and used
+  *after* sending our own SVINFO to that server.
+
+
+Explanations:
+
+  Servers will always know which of their directly-linked servers can do 
+  TS, and will use the TS protocol only with servers that do understand 
+  it. This makes it possible to switch to full TS in just one 
+  code-replacement step, without incompatibilities.
+
+  As long as not all servers are TS-aware, the net will be divided into 
+  "zones" of linked TS-aware servers. Channel modes will be kept 
+  synchronized at least within the zone in which the channel was 
+  created, and nick collisions between servers in the same zone will 
+  result in only one client being killed.
+
+  Time synchronization ensures that servers have the same idea of the 
+  current time, and achieves this purpose as long as TS servers are 
+  introduced one by one within the same 'zone'. The merging of two zones 
+  cannot synchronize them completely, but it is to be expected that 
+  within each zone the effective time will be very close to the real 
+  time. 
+
+  By sending TSINFO after SERVER rather than before, we avoid the extra 
+  lag created by the identd check on the server. To be able to send 
+  immediately a connect burst of either type (TS or not), we need to 
+  know before that if the server does TS or not, so we send that 
+  information with PASS as an extra argument. And to avoid being 
+  incompatible with 2.9 servers, which check that this second argument 
+  begins with "2.9", we check that it *ends* with "TS".
+
+  The current time is only used when setting a TS on a new channel or 
+  nick, and once such a TS is set, it is never modified because of 
+  synchronization, as it is much more important that the TS for a 
+  channel or nick stays the same across all servers than that it is 
+  accurate to the second.
+
+  Note that Undernet's 2.8.x servers have no time synchronization at 
+  all, and have had no problems because of it - all of this is more to 
+  catch the occasional server with a way-off clock than anything.
+
+
+NICK handling patches (anti-nick-collide + shorter connect burst):
+==================================================================
+
+. For each nick, store a TS value = the TS value received if any, or our 
+  UTC+delta at the time we first heard of the nick. TS's are propagated 
+  to TS-aware servers whenever sending a NICK command.
+
+. Nick changes reset the TS to the current time.
+
+. When sending a connect burst to another TS server, replace the 
+  NICK/USER pair with only one NICK command containing the nick, the 
+  hopcount, the TS, the umode, and all the USER information.
+
+  The format for a full NICK line is:
+  NICK <nick> <hops> <TS> <umode> <user> <host> <server> :<ircname>
+
+  The umode is a + followed by any applying usermodes.
+
+  The format for a nick-change NICK line is:
+  :<oldnick> NICK <newnick> :<TS>
+
+. When a NICK is received from a TS server, that conflicts with an 
+  existing nick:
+  + if the userhosts differ or one is not known:
+    * if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it
+      was a nick change
+    * if the incoming timestamp is older than ours, kill ours and 
+      propagate the new one
+    * if the incoming timestamp is younger, ignore the line, but kill 
+      the old nick if it was a nick change
+  + if the userhosts are the same:
+    * if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it
+      was a nick change
+    * if the incoming timestamp is younger, kill ours and propagate
+      the new one
+    * if the incoming timestamp is older, ignore the line but kill
+      the old nick if it was a nick change
+
+. When a NICK is received from a non-TS server that conflicts with
+  an existing nick, kill both.
+
+. Do not send "Fake Prefix" kills in response to lines coming from TS 
+  servers; the sanitization works anyway, and this allows the "newer
+  nick overruled" case to work.
+
+Explanations:
+
+  The modified nick-introduction syntax allows for a slightly shorter 
+  connect-burst, and most importantly lets the server compare 
+  user@host's when determining which nick to kill:  if the user@host
+  is the same, then the older nick must be killed rather than the
+  newer.
+
+  When talking to a non-TS server, we need to behave exactly like one
+  because it expects us to. When talkign to a TS server, we don't kill
+  the nicks it's introducing, as we know it'll be smart enough to do it
+  itself when seeing our own introduced nick.
+
+  When we see a nick arriving from a non-TS server, it won't have a TS, 
+  but it's safe enough to give it the current time rather than keeping 
+  it 0; such TS's won't be the same all across the network (as long as 
+  there is more than one TS zone), and when there's a collision, the TS 
+  used will be the one in the zone the collision occurs in.
+
+  Also, it is important to note that by the time a server sees (and 
+  chooses to ignore) a nick introduction, the introducing server has 
+  also had the time to put umode changes for that nick on its queue, so 
+  we must ignore them too... so we need to ignore fake-prefix lines 
+  rather than sending kills for them. This is safe enough, as the rest 
+  of the protocol ensures that they'll get killed anyway (and the 
+  Undernet does it too, so it's been more than enough tested). Just for 
+  an extra bit of compatibility, we still kill fake prefixes coming from 
+  non-TS servers.
+
+  This part of the TS protocol is almost exactly the same as the 
+  Undernet's .anc (anti-nick-collide) patches, except that Undernet 
+  servers don't add usermodes to the NICK line.
+
+
+TimeStamped channel descriptions (avoiding hacked ops and desynchs):
+====================================================================
+
+. For each channel, keep a timestamp, set to the current time when the
+  channel is created by a client on the local server, or to the received 
+  value if the channel has been propagated from a TS server, or to 0 
+  otherwise. This value will have the semantics of "the time of creation 
+  of the current ops on the channel", and 0 will mean that the channel 
+  is in non-TS mode.
+
+  A new server protocol command is introduced, SJOIN, which introduces 
+  a full channel description: a timestamp, all the modes (except bans),
+  and the list of channel members with their ops and voices. This 
+  command will be used instead of JOIN and of (most) MODEs both in 
+  connect bursts and when propagating channel creations among TS 
+  servers. SJOIN will never be accepted from or sent to users.
+
+  The syntax for the command is:
+
+  SJOIN <TS> #<channel> <modes> :[@][+]<nick_1> ...  [@][+]<nick_n>
+
+  The fields have the following meanings:
+
+  * <TS> is the timestamp for the channel
+
+  * <modes> is the list of global channel modes, starting with a +
+    and a letter for each of the active modes (spmntkil), followed
+    by an argument for +l if there is a limit, and an argument for
+    +k if there's a key (in the same order they were mentioned in
+    the string of letters).
+
+    A channel with no modes will have a "+" in that field.
+
+    A special value of "0" means that the server does not specify the 
+    modes, and will be used when more than one SJOIN line is needed
+    to completely describe a channel, or when propagating a SJOIN
+    the modes of which were rejected.
+
+  * Each nick is preceded by a "@" if the user has ops, and a "+" if
+    the user has a voice. For mode +ov, both flags are used.
+
+  SJOINs will be propagated (when appropriate) to neighboring TS 
+  servers, and converted to JOINs and MODEs for neighboring non-TS 
+  servers.
+  
+  To propagate channels for which not all users fit in one 
+  SJOIN line, several SJOINs will be sent consecutively, only the first
+  one including actual information in the <mode> field.
+  
+  An extra ad-hoc restriction is imposed on SJOIN messages, to simplify 
+  processing: if a channel has ops, then the first <nick> of the first 
+  SJOIN sent to propagate that channel must be one of the ops.
+
+  Servers will never attempt to reconstruct a SJOIN from JOIN/MODE 
+  information being received at the moment from other servers.
+
+. For each user on a channel, keep an extra flag (like ops and voice)
+  that is set when the user has received channel ops from another 
+  server (in a SJOIN channel description), which we rejected (ignored). 
+  Mode changes (but NOT kicks) coming from a TS server and from someone 
+  with this flag set will be ignored. The flag will be reset when the 
+  user gets ops from another user or server.
+
+. On deops done by non-local users, coming from TS servers, on channels 
+  with a non-zero TS, do not check that the user has ops but check that 
+  their 'deopped' flag is not set. For kicks coming from a TS server, do 
+  not check either. This will avoid desynchs, and 'bad' modechanges are 
+  avoided anyway. Other mode changes will still only be taken into 
+  account and propagated when done by users that are seen as having ops.
+
+. When a MODE change that ops someone is received from a server for a 
+  channel, that channel's TS is set to 0, and the mode change is 
+  propagated. 
+
+. When a SJOIN is received for a channel, deal with it in this way:
+  * received-TS = 0: 
+    + if we have ops or the SJOIN doesn't op anyone, SJOIN propagated
+      with our own TS.
+    + otherwise, TS set to 0 and SJOIN propagated with 0.
+  * received-TS > 0, own-TS = 0: 
+    + if the SJOIN ops someone or we don't have ops, set our TS to the
+      received TS and propagate.
+    + otherwise, propagate with TS = 0.
+  * received-TS = own-TS: propagate.
+  * received-TS < own-TS: 
+    + if the SJOIN ops someone, remove *all* modes (except bans) from 
+      the channel and propagate these mode changes to all neighboring
+      non-TS servers, and copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN.
+    + if the SJOIN does not op anyone and we have ops, propagate
+      with our own TS.
+    + otherwise, copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN.
+  * received-TS > own-TS: 
+    + if the SJOIN does not introduce any ops, process and propagate
+      with our own TS.
+    + if we have ops: for each person the mode change would op, set the 
+      'deopped' flag; process all the JOINs ignoring the '@' and '+' 
+      flags; propagate without the flags and with our TS.
+    + if we don't have ops: set our TS to the received one, propagate
+      with the flags.
+
+
+Explanations:
+
+  This part of the protocol is the one that is most different (and 
+  incompatible) with the Undernet's: we never timestamp MODE changes, 
+  but instead we introduce the concept of time-stamped channel 
+  descriptions. This way each server can determine, based on its state 
+  and the received description, what the correct modes for a channel 
+  are, and deop its own users if necessary. With this protocol, there is 
+  *never* the need to reverse and bounce back a mode change. This is
+  both faster and more bandwith-effective.
+
+  The end goal is to have a protocol will eventually protect channels 
+  against hacked ops, while minimizing the impact on a mixed-server net. 
+  In order to do this, whenever there is a conflict between a TS server 
+  and a non-TS one, the non-TS one's idea of the whole situation 
+  prevails. This means that channels will only have a TS when they have 
+  been created on a TS-aware server, and will lose it whenever a server 
+  op comes from a non-TS server. Also, at most one 'zone' will have a TS 
+  for any given channel at any given time, ensuring that there won't be 
+  any deops when zones are merged. However, when TS zones are merged, if 
+  the side that has a TS also has ops, then the TS is kept across the 
+  whole new zone. Effective protection will only be ensured once all 
+  servers run TS patches and channels have been re-created, as there is 
+  no way servers can assign a TS to a channel they are not creating 
+  (like they do with nicks) without having unwanted deops later.
+
+  The visible effects of this timestamped channel-description protocol 
+  are that when a split rejoins, and one side has hacked ops, the other 
+  side doesn't see any server mode changes (just like with Undernet's
+  TS), but the side that has hacked ops sees:
+
+  * first the first server on the other side deopping and devoicing 
+    everyone, and fixing the +spmntkli modes
+  * then other users joining, and getting server ops and voices
+
+  The less obvious part of this protocol is its behavior in the case 
+  that the younger side of a rejoin has servers that are lagged with 
+  each other. In such a situation, a SJOIN that clears all modes and 
+  sets the legitimate ones is being propagated from one server, and 
+  lagged illegitimate mode changes and kicks are being propagated in the 
+  opposite direction. In this case, a kick done by someone who is being 
+  deopped by the SJOIN must be taken into account to keep the name list 
+  in sync (and since it can only be kicking someone who also was on the 
+  younger side), while a deop does not matter (and will be ignored by 
+  the first server on the other side), and an opping *needs* to be 
+  discareded to avoid hacked ops.
+
+  The main property of timestamped channel descriptions that makes them 
+  a very stable protocol even with lag and splits, is that they leave a 
+  server in the same final state, independently of the order in which 
+  channel descriptions coming from different servers are received. Even 
+  when SJOINs and MODEs for the same channel are being propagated in 
+  different direction because of several splits rejoining, the final 
+  state will be the same, independently of the exact order in which each 
+  server received the SJOINs, and will be the same across all the 
+  servers in the same zone.
+
+

doc/technical/capab.txt

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Server capabilities
-Ariadne Conill <ariadne -at- dereferenced.org>
+William Pitcock <nenolod -at- nenolod.net>
 -------------------
 
 Not all TSora IRCd's support these.

doc/technical/cluster.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+$Id: cluster.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+
 Short description of how remote kline and friends are propagated under
 the old hyb7 style (CAP_KLN etc) and under the new style over ENCAP.
 

doc/technical/euid.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+$Id: euid.txt 1863 2006-08-27 13:40:37Z jilles $
+
 Extended UID command proposal
 Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl>
 

doc/technical/event.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 Overview of the event subsystem
 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
 
+$Id: event.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+
 
 One of the things that immediately struck me whilst first looking at the
 code was that the ircd periodically scheduled things in io_loop() but

doc/technical/fd-management.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Overview of the filedescriptor subsystem
+Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
+
+$Id: fd-management.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+
+
+Filedescriptor lists
+--------------------
+
+The filedescriptor list is managed through the routines in fdlist.c .
+These include:
+
+fd_open() - tag an FD as "open" and active
+fd_close() - tag an FD as "closed" and close() the filedescriptor
+fd_note() - update the filedescriptor tag
+
+You can get the current list of open filedescriptors through /stats F as
+an oper.
+
+
+
+FD lists
+--------
+
+The FD list support is very alpha. There are a few lists defined:
+
+typedef enum fdlist_t {
+    FDLIST_NONE,
+    FDLIST_SERVICE,
+    FDLIST_SERVER,
+    FDLIST_IDLECLIENT,
+    FDLIST_BUSYCLIENT,
+    FDLIST_MAX
+} fdlist_t;
+
+FDLIST_NONE		Not on any list (ie close()d)
+FDLIST_SERVICE		A service - listen() sockets, resolver, etc
+FDLIST_SERVER		Server connections
+FDLIST_IDLECLIENT	An idle client
+FDLIST_BUSYCLIENT	A busy client
+FDLIST_MAX		Used for bounds checking
+
+The idea is that the SERVICE sockets need polling frequently, the SERVER
+sockets also need polling frequently, BUSYCLIENT is for busy clients
+which need frequent polling (eg we're trying to write to them), and
+IDLECLIENT is for clients which we don't need to poll frequently.
+THIS hasn't been decided upon yet.

doc/technical/hostmask.txt

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 The hostmask/netmask system.
 Copyright(C) 2001 by Andrew Miller(A1kmm)<a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net>
+$Id: hostmask.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
 
 Contents
 ========
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ Section 3.3: Initialising and rehashing
 To initialise, call init_host_hash(). This only needs to be done once on
 startup.
 On rehash, to wipe out the old unwanted conf, and free them if there are
-no references to them, call clear_out_address_conf().
+no references to them, call clear_out_address_conf(). 
 
 Section 3.4: Finding IP/host confs
 ----------------------------------

doc/technical/index.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,19 @@
-Technical Documentation for Charybdis
+Technical Documentation for ircd-hybrid-7
 
-capab.txt                 - Description of server capabilities
-cluster.txt               - Technical description of the cluster system
-euid.txt                  - Description of TS6 EUIDs
+Persistent_Clients.txt    - A global UID and Persistent client (with cookies)
+                            proposal
+README.TSora              - Description of the TS3 protocol
+README.openssl            - Information for users who have problems with
+                            Hybrid, OpenSSL, and their operating system
+cryptlink.txt             - Outline of CRYPTLINK protocol
 event.txt                 - Outline of the event system
-hooks.txt                 - Internal IRC daemon hoks
+fd-management.txt         - Outline of the file descriptor management system
+file-management.txt       - Outline of the disk file management system
 hostmask.txt              - Outline of hostmask handling
 linebuf.txt               - Outline of the linebuf system (dbuf replacement)
-ts6-protocol.txt          - Description of the TS6 protocol
+network.txt               - Outline of the network traffic subsystem
+rfc1459.txt               - The IRC RFC
+send.txt                  - Document on all of the send_to functions
+whats-new-code.txt        - Whats changed in the code
+
+# $Id: index.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

doc/technical/linebuf.txt

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
+
 linebuf - a dbuf replacement for the New World Order(tm)
 
 By Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
 
+$Id: linebuf.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+
 
 History
 -------

doc/technical/network.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+Overview of the network subsystem
+Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
+
+$Id: network.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+
+
+This document is an overview of the new and hopefully improved network
+subsystem.
+
+The code is based loosely upon the network core found in the Squid web cache
+server, with some optimizations for ircd-specific IO patterns.
+
+
+
+Filedescriptor IO
+-----------------
+
+Filedescriptor IO is initiated using comm_setselect(). comm_setselect()
+registers interest in reading from or writing to a file descriptor.
+When a filedescriptor is ready for the required IO a callback is called
+from the IO loop.
+
+The comm_setselect() usage is:
+
+void
+comm_setselect(int fd, fdlist_t list, int type, PF *callback, void *cbdata,
+    int timeout)
+
+where:
+  fd 		filedescriptor
+  list		Which list the FD should be put on
+  type		IO type. Can currently include:
+			COMM_SELECT_READ  - register for read
+			COMM_SELECT_WRITE - register for write
+  callback	Function to call when the FD is ready
+  cbdata	Data to be passed to above function
+  timeout	Update the timeout value. 0 is "don't update".
+
+
+A typical use is:
+
+..
+
+/* Register interest in the FD for a read event */
+comm_setselect(fd, FDLIST_SERVICE, COMM_SELECT_READ, read_callback, read_data,
+    0);
+
+..
+
+(FD becomes ready for read in the IO loop)
+
+void
+read_callback(int fd, void *data)
+{
+    /* called when the FD becomes ready for read */
+    retval = read(fd, buf, len);
+
+    ..
+    /* Ok, we need to read some more when its ready */
+    comm_setselect(fd, FDLIST_SERVICE, COMM_SELECT_READ, read_callback, data,
+        0);
+}
+
+
+
+
+Socket timeouts
+---------------
+
+A "socket timeout" is a callback registered to be called when a certain
+amount of time has elapsed. Think of it as an event, but against a FD.
+
+A good example of socket timeouts is in the comm_connect_tcp() code.
+When the connect() begins, comm_settimeout() is called to call
+comm_connect_timeout() if the timeout occurs. Once the connect() completes,
+comm_settimeout() is called with a timeout of 0 and callback of NULL 
+to deregister the timeout. If the timeout occurs, comm_connect_timeout()
+is called and the connection attempt is aborted.
+
+
+
+
+Functions
+---------
+
+comm_open() - a socket() wrapper, enforcing fd limitations and tagging the
+  file descriptor with a note
+
+comm_accept() - an accept() wrapper, enforcing fd limitations and tagging
+  the file descriptor with a note
+
+comm_connect_tcp() - attempt an async connect(). Handles DNS lookups if
+  required, and will call the given callback at completion or error
+
+comm_settimeout() - set a callback to be called after a given time period.
+  This is good to implement things like PING checks and connect() timeouts.
+
+Notes:
+
+* All socket creation should go through comm_open() / comm_accept().
+* All socket closing should go through fd_close(). comm_close() isn't
+  implemented yet.
+* comm_connect_tcp() is your best friend. :-)
+* *ALL* network sockets should be non-blocking. If your OS doesn't support
+  non-blocking sockets, you shouldn't be here.

doc/technical/send.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+
+send.c re-work
+
+PREFIXES
+========
+
+  Server prefixes are the ":%s" strings at the beginning of messages.
+They are used by servers to route the message properly and by servers to
+local clients to update their idea of who is whom.
+
+":nick!user@host" is a prefix ":name" where name is either a nick
+or name of a server is another valid prefix.
+
+Typical prefix for a local client to a channel:
+
+":Dianora!db@irc.db.net"
+
+for a prefix to a remote server:
+":Dianora"
+
+e.g. as seen locally on a channel:
+
+":Dianora!db@irc.db.net PRIVMSG #us-opers :ON TOP OF ...\r\n"
+
+e.g. as seen sent to a remote server:
+":Dianora PRIVMSG #us-opers :ON TOP OF ...\r\n"
+
+  It has been argued that full prefixes sent locally are a waste of bandwidth
+(Isomer from Undernet has argued this). i.e. instead of sending:
+":nick!user@host" for a local prefix, one could just send ":nick"..
+Unfortunately, this breaks many clients badly. Personally I feel that
+until clients are updated to understand that a full prefix isn't always
+going to be sent, that this should be held off on.
+
+  As much as possible, prefix generation is now moved "upstairs" as
+much as possible. i.e. if its known its a local client only, then the
+onus of the prefix generation, is the users, not hidden in send.c
+This allows somewhat faster code to be written, as the prefix doesn't
+have to be regenerated over and over again.
+
+  Prefixes aren't sent in all cases, such as a new user using NICK
+A prefix is needed when it must be routed.
+
+i.e.
+
+NICK newnick
+
+  There is obviously no prefix needed from a locally connected client.
+
+
+
+FUNCTIONS
+=========
+
+sendto_one()    - Should be used for _local_ clients only
+                  it expects the prefix to be pre-built by user.
+		  
+                  usage - sendto_one(struct Client *to, char *pattern, ...);
+
+                  typical use:
+
+                  sendto_one(acptr,":%s NOTICE %s :I'm tired", me.name,
+		             acptr->name);
+                  Note: This was from a server "me" hence only one
+                  name in prefix.
+
+                  This would be an example of a client sptr, noticing
+                  acptr IF acptr is known to be a local client:
+
+                  sendto_one(acptr,":%s!%s@%s NOTICE %s :You there?",
+                             sptr->name,
+                             sptr->username,
+                             sptr->host,
+                             acptr->name);
+
+sendto_one_prefix()
+                - Sends a message to a remote client, with proper
+		  prefix and target (name or UID).
+                  usage - sendto_one_prefix(struct Client *target_p,
+		                            struct Client *source_p,
+		                            const char *command,
+					    const char *pattern, ...)
+
+		  typical use:
+
+		  sendto_one_prefix(target_p, source_p, "INVITE", ":%s",
+				    chptr->chname);
+
+
+sendto_one_notice()
+                - Sends a notice from this server to target. Target may
+		  be a local or remote client.
+		  Prefix and target are chosen based on TS6 capability.
+
+		  typical use:
+
+		  sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":You suck. Yes, really.");
+
+sendto_one_numeric()
+                - Sends a numeric from this server to target. Target may
+		  be a local or remote client.
+		  Prefix and target are chosen based on TS6 capability.
+
+		  typical use:
+
+		  sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG,
+		                     "p :%u staff members", count);
+
+sendto_channel_flags()
+                - This function sends a var args message to a channel globally,
+                  except to the client specified as "one", the prefix
+                  is built by this function on the fly as it has to
+                  be sent both to local clients on this server and to
+                  remote servers.
+		  For type use one of:
+                  ONLY_SERVERS ALL_MEMBERS ONLY_CHANOPS ONLY_CHANOPSVOICED
+		  If type is not ALL_MEMBERS it's not sent to not-CHW-capable
+		  servers.
+		  Deaf (umode +D) clients are always skipped.
+
+                  usage - sendto_channel_flags(struct Client *one,
+                                               int type,
+                                               struct Client *from,
+                                               struct Channel *chptr,
+                                               const char *pattern, ... );
+
+                  sendto_channel_butone(cptr, ALL_MEMBERS, sptr, chptr
+                                        "PRIVMSG %s :HI!",
+                                        chptr->chname);
+
+                  e.g. if channel message is coming from "cptr"
+                  it must not be sent back to cptr.
+
+
+sendto_server()
+                - This function sends specified var args message
+                  to all connected servers except the client "one"
+                  which have all of "caps" capabilities but none
+		  of "nocaps" capabilities.
+
+		  If "chptr" is not NULL and is a local channel,
+		  nothing is sent.
+
+                  usage - sendto_server(struct Client *one,
+                                        struct Channel *chptr,
+					unsigned long caps,
+					unsigned long nocaps,
+                                        const char *format, ... );  
+
+sendto_common_channels_local()
+                - This function is used only by m_nick and exit_one_client
+                  its used to propagate nick changes to all channels user
+                  is in, and QUIT messages to all channels user is in.
+                  As it only sends to local clients, prefix generation
+                  is left to the user. It also sends the message to the
+                  user if the user isn't on any channels.
+
+                  usage - sendto_common_channels_local(struct Client *user,
+                                                       const char *pattern,
+                                                       ...);
+
+sendto_channel_local()
+                - This function is used to send only locally, never
+                  to remote servers. This is useful when removing
+                  local chanops, or adding a local chanop. MODE/SJOIN
+                  sent to remote server allows that server to propagate
+                  mode changes to its clients locally.
+		  The message is also sent to deaf (umode +D) clients.
+
+                  usage - sendto_channel_local(int type,
+                                               struct Channel *chptr,
+                                               const char *pattern, ... );
+
+                  prefix must be pre-built. type is a flag
+                  denoting ONE of 
+                  ALL_MEMBERS		- all members locally are sent to
+                  ONLY_CHANOPS_VOICED	- only chanops and voiced see this
+                  ONLY_CHANOPS		- only chanops see this
+
+
+sendto_match_butone()
+                - only used for the old style oper masking
+                  i.e. /msg #hostmask which in hyb7 is /msg $#hostmask
+                  or  /msg $servermask in hyb7 /msg $$servermask
+
+                  usage - sendto_match_butone(struct Client *one,
+                                              struct Client *source_p,
+                                              char *mask,
+                                              int what,
+                                              const char *pattern, ... );
+
+                  one is the client not to send to
+                  mask is the actual mask
+                  what is either MATCH_HOST or MATCH_SERVER
+
+sendto_match_servs()
+                - Allows sending a message to servers whose names match
+		  the given mask. A message is also sent to non-matching
+		  servers which have matching servers behind them.
+		  Used for ENCAP, remote kline, etc.
+		  No message is sent to source_p->from.
+
+		  usage - sendto_match_servs(struct Client *source_p,
+					     const char *mask,
+					     int cap, int nocap,
+					     const char *pattern, ...);
+
+sendto_anywhere()
+                - Allows the sending of a message to any client on the net
+                  without knowing whether its local or remote. The penalty
+                  is the calculation of a run-time prefix.
+                  It is less efficient then sendto_one()
+
+                  usage - sendto_anywhere(struct Client *to,
+                                          struct Client *from,
+                                          const char *command,
+                                          const char *pattern, ...);
+
+                  e.g.
+                  sendto_anywhere(target_p, source_p,
+                                  "PRIVMSG", ":Hi, Where ever you are");
+
+sendto_realops_flags()
+                - combines old sendto_realops and sendto_realops_flags
+                  sends specified message to opers locally only
+                  depending on umodes. UMODE_ALL is UMODE_SERVNOTICE.
+                  the message is sent as a server notice, prefixed with
+		  "*** Notice -- ".
+
+                  usage - sendto_realops_flags(int flags,
+                                               const char *pattern, ... );
+
+                  e.g.
+                  sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL,
+                                 "Don't eat the yellow snow");
+
+sendto_wallops_flags()
+                - sends specified message to opers/users locally, 
+                  depending on umodes.  used for messages that need
+                  to be in wallops form
+                - some policy decisions about who gets what live in here
+
+                  usage - sendto_wallops_flags(int flags,
+                                    struct Client *, const char *patterm ...);
+
+                  e.g.
+                  sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_LOCOPS,
+                                      sptr, "Message");
+
+-- Diane Bruce 
+Updated Jan 2006 by jilles with ratbox and late hybrid7 changes
+
+$Id: send.txt 587 2006-01-27 19:45:11Z jilles $

doc/technical/ts6-protocol.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 TS6 protocol description
 Written by Jilles Tjoelker
-Edits by Elizabeth Myers to add TS rules described by Lee Harvey.
 
 General format: much like rfc1459
 Maximum parameters for a command: 15 (this does not include the prefix
@@ -19,7 +18,6 @@ nicknames and server names are accepted, possibly with wildcards; from servers,
 UIDs/SIDs (sending names or even wildcards is deprecated). This is done with
 the function hunt_server(). Any rate limiting should be done locally.
 
-
 duration: a parameter type used for ban durations. It is a duration in seconds.
 A value of 0 means a permanent ban.
 
@@ -114,75 +112,6 @@ type D
 +g (allow any member to /invite)
 +z (send messages blocked by +m to chanops)
 
-Nick TS rules:
-A server receiving a command that requires nick TS rules must check for a
-collision between an existing user, and the nick in the received message.
-(the "new user").  The collisions must obey the rules specified in Nick TS
-collisions.
-
-If the TS received is lower than the TS of the existing user the server will
-collide the existing user if the clients user@host are different, if the
-clients user@hosts are identical it will collide the new user.
-
-If the TS received is equal to the TS of the existing user both clients are
-collided.
-
-If the TS received is higher than the TS of the existing user, the server
-will collide the existing user if the user@hosts are identical, if the
-clients user@host are different it will collide the new user and drop the 
-message.
-
-Nick TS collisions:
-If both users are to be collided, we must issue a KILL for the existing
-user to all servers.  If the new user has a UID then we must also issue a
-KILL for that UID back to the server sending us data causing the collision.
-
-If only the existing user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the
-existing user to all servers except the server sending us data.  If the
-existing user has a UID and the server sending us data supports TS6 then
-we must also issue a KILL for the existing users UID to the server sending
-us data.
-
-If only the new user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the new user
-back to the server sending us data if the new user has a UID.
-
-Channel TS rules:
-A server receiving a command that requires normal channel TS rules must
-apply the following rules to the command.
-
-If the TS received is lower than our TS of the channel a TS6 server must
-remove status modes (+ov etc) and channel modes (+nt etc).  If the
-originating server is TS6 capable (ie, it has a SID), the server must
-also remove any ban modes (+b etc).  The new modes and statuses are then
-accepted.
-
-If any bans are removed, the server must send to non-TS6, directly connected
-servers mode changes removing the bans after the command is propagated.
-This prevents desync with banlists, and has to be sent after as clients are
-still able to send mode changes before the triggering command arrives.
-
-If the TS received is equal to our TS of the channel the server should keep
-its current modes and accept the received modes and statuses.
-
-If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the server should keep
-its current modes and ignore the received modes and statuses.  Any statuses
-given in the received message will be removed.  A server must mark clients
-losing their op (+o) status who do not have a UID as 'deopped'.  A server must
-ignore any "MODE" commands from a user marked as 'deopped'.
-
-Simple channel TS rules: 
-
-A server receiving a command that requires simple channel TS rules must
-apply the following rules to the command.
-
-If the TS received is lower, or equal to our TS of the channel the modes are
-accepted.  If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the modes
-are ignored and dropped.
-
-Simple channel TS rules do not affect current modes in the channel except
-for the modes we are accepting.
-
-
 <numeric>
 source: server
 parameters: target, any...
@@ -319,28 +248,6 @@ Sets a D:line (IP ban checked directly after accepting connection).
 
 The mask must be an IP address or CIDR mask.
 
-EBMASK
-source: server
-propagation: broadcast
-parameters: channelTS, channel, type, space separated "masks ts hostmask" chunks
-
-If the channelTS in the message is greater (newer) than the current TS of
-the channel, drop the message and do not propagate it.
-
-Type is the mode letter of a ban-like mode. In efnet TS6 this is 'b', 'e' or
-'I'. In charybdis TS6 additionally 'q' is possible.
-
-Add all the masks and their set at/by to the given list of the channel.
-
-All ban-like modes must be bursted using this command, not using MODE or TMODE.
-
-ECHO
-source: user
-parameters: "P"/"N", target, text
-
-As PRIVMSG, but delivers an echo-message echo to the target; they will see
-a PRIVMSG or NOTICE from themselves to the source.
-
 ENCAP
 source: any
 parameters: target server mask, subcommand, opt. parameters...
@@ -692,13 +599,6 @@ and most error messages are suppressed.
 Servers may not send '$$', '$#' and opers@server notices. Older servers may
 not allow servers to send to specific statuses on a channel.
 
-OPER
-source: user
-parameters: opername, privset
-
-Sets the source user's oper name and privset. Sent after the +o mode change, or
-during burst, to inform other servers of an oper's privileges.
-
 OPERSPY
 encap only
 encap target: *
@@ -1237,6 +1137,8 @@ CAP
 CHALLENGE
 CHANTRACE
 CLOSE
+CNOTICE
+CPRIVMSG
 DIE
 GET
 HELP
@@ -1251,6 +1153,7 @@ MODRESTART
 MODUNLOAD
 MONITOR
 NAMES
+OPER
 POST
 PUT
 RESTART

doc/technical/ts6.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+$Id: ts6.txt 3211 2007-02-20 00:34:28Z jilles $
+
+TS6 Proposal (v8)
+Written by Lee H <lee@leeh.co.uk>
+Ideas borrowed heavily from ircnet (Beeth, jv, Q)
+
+- Changes between v7 and v8 -
+-----------------------------
+
+In the v7 specification, the JOIN command included the channel modes of a
+channel, and acted on them following TS rules.  In the v8 specification,
+JOIN will never send modes.
+
+Desyncs can occur both when they are sent and when they are not.  If they
+are sent, then you can have a situation where a user on one side of the
+network issues "MODE #channel -l", and a user on another side of the network
+issues "JOIN #channel" whilst the +l still exists.  As the JOIN string sent 
+server<->server includes the full modes at the time of the user joining, 
+this will propagate the +l, but there is a -l crossing in the other
+direction.  Desync will occur beyond where they intersect.
+
+If the modes are not sent, then a lower TS JOIN command, or a JOIN command
+that creates a channel will cause a desync.
+
+It is judged that the desync with sending the modes is worse than the desync
+by not sending them, as such the v8 specification dictates modes are not
+sent with a JOIN command server<->server.
+
+The v8 specification also clarifies that servers may issue TMODE.
+
+- Introduction -
+----------------
+
+This document aims to fix some of the flaws that are still present in the
+current TS system.
+
+Whilst only one person may use a nickname at any one time, they are not
+a reliable method of directing commands between servers.  Clients can change
+their nicknames, which can create desyncs.  A reliable method of directing
+messages between servers is required so that a message will always reach the
+intended destination, even if the client changes nicks in between.
+
+UID solves this problem by ensuring that a client has a unique ID for the
+duration of his connection.
+
+This document also aims to solve the lack of TS rules to channel 'bans' on
+a netburst.  Bans from both sides of a TS war (losing/winning) are kept.
+Bursting the bans with a TS solves this problem.
+
+There is also a race condition in the current TS system, where a user can
+issue a mode during a netburst and the mode will be set on the server 
+we are bursting to.
+
+
+- Definitions -
+---------------
+
+Throughout this document, the following terms are used:
+
+SID	- A servers unique ID.  This is three characters long and must be in
+          the form [0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9]
+ID      - A clients unique ID.  This is six characters long and must be in
+          the form [A-Z][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9].  The
+          numbers [0-9] at the beginning of an ID are legal characters, but
+          reserved for future use.
+UID     - An ID concateneted to a SID.  This forms the clients UID.
+TS6     - The TS version 6.
+
+
+- Support -
+-----------
+
+Support for this document is given by the TS version 6.
+
+Wherever a destination parameter or source parameter is used, it must use
+the SID or UID if the server/client has one.  A TS6 capable server must
+translate any SIDs/UIDs back into the server/clients name when communicating
+with a server that does not support TS6.
+
+A TS6 server must also support the QS (quitstorm) system, and the encap
+specification found here:
+http://www.leeh.co.uk/ircd/encap.txt
+
+The TS6 protocol does not supports masked entities.
+
+
+- Nick TS rules -
+-----------------
+
+A server receiving a command that requires nick TS rules must check for a
+collision between an existing user, and the nick in the received message.
+(the "new user").  The collisions must obey the rules specified in Nick TS
+collisions.
+
+If the TS received is lower than the TS of the existing user the server will
+collide the existing user if the clients user@host are different, if the
+clients user@hosts are identical it will collide the new user.
+
+If the TS received is equal to the TS of the existing user both clients are
+collided.
+
+If the TS received is higher than the TS of the existing user, the server
+will collide the existing user if the user@hosts are identical, if the
+clients user@host are different it will collide the new user and drop the 
+message.
+
+
+- Nick TS collisions -
+----------------------
+
+If both users are to be collided, we must issue a KILL for the existing 
+user to all servers.  If the new user has a UID then we must also issue a 
+KILL for that UID back to the server sending us data causing the collision.
+
+If only the existing user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the
+existing user to all servers except the server sending us data.  If the 
+existing user has a UID and the server sending us data supports TS6 then 
+we must also issue a KILL for the existing users UID to the server sending 
+us data.
+
+If only the new user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the new user 
+back to the server sending us data if the new user has a UID.
+
+
+- Channel TS rules -
+--------------------
+
+A server receiving a command that requires normal channel TS rules must 
+apply the following rules to the command.
+
+If the TS received is lower than our TS of the channel a TS6 server must
+remove status modes (+ov etc) and channel modes (+nt etc).  If the 
+originating server is TS6 capable (ie, it has a SID), the server must
+also remove any ban modes (+b etc).  The new modes and statuses are then
+accepted.
+
+If any bans are removed, the server must send to non-TS6, directly connected 
+servers mode changes removing the bans after the command is propagated.
+This prevents desync with banlists, and has to be sent after as clients are
+still able to send mode changes before the triggering command arrives.
+
+If the TS received is equal to our TS of the channel the server should keep
+its current modes and accept the received modes and statuses.
+
+If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the server should keep
+its current modes and ignore the received modes and statuses.  Any statuses
+given in the received message will be removed.  A server must mark clients 
+losing their op (+o) status who do not have a UID as 'deopped'.  A server must 
+ignore any "MODE" commands from a user marked as 'deopped'.
+
+
+- Simple channel TS rules -
+---------------------------
+
+A server receiving a command that requires simple channel TS rules must
+apply the following rules to the command.
+
+If the TS received is lower, or equal to our TS of the channel the modes are
+accepted.  If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the modes
+are ignored and dropped.
+
+Simple channel TS rules do not affect current modes in the channel except
+for the modes we are accepting.
+
+
+- The following commands are defined here as the TS6 protocol -
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+- PASS -
+	PASS <PASSWORD> TS <TS_CURRENT> :<SID>
+
+This command is used for password verification with the server we are
+connecting to.
+
+Due to the burst being sent on verification of the "SERVER" command, and
+"SVINFO" being sent after "SERVER", we need to be aware of the TS version
+earlier to decide whether to send a TS6 burst or not.
+
+The <PASSWORD> field is the password we have stored for this server,
+<TS_CURRENT> is our current TS version.  If this field is not present then
+the server does not support TS6.  <SID> is the SID of the server.
+
+- UID -
+	:<SID> UID <NICK> <HOPS> <TS> +<UMODE> <USERNAME> <HOSTNAME> <IP> <UID> :<GECOS>
+
+This command is used for introducing clients to the network.
+
+The <SID> field is the SID of the server the client is connected to.
+The <NICK> field is the nick of the client being introduced.  The <HOPS>
+field is the amount of server hops between the server being burst to and
+the server the client is on.  The <TS> field is the TS of the client, either
+the time they connected or the time they last changed nick.  The <UMODE>
+field contains the clients usermodes that need to be transmitted between
+servers.  The <USERNAME> field contains the clients username/ident.  The
+<HOSTNAME> field contains the clients host.
+
+The <IP> field contains the clients IP.  If the IP is not to be sent
+(due to a spoof etc), the field must be sent as "0".  The <UID> field is the 
+clients UID.  The <GECOS> field is the clients gecos.
+
+A server receiving a UID command must apply nick TS rules to the nick.
+
+- SID -
+	:<SID> SID <SERVERNAME> <HOPS> <SID> :<GECOS>
+
+This command is used for introducing servers to the network.
+
+The first <SID> field is the SID of the new servers uplink.  The
+<SERVERNAME> field is the new servers name.  The <HOPS> field is the hops
+between the server being introduced nd the server being burst to.
+
+The second <SID> field is the SID of the new server.  The <GECOS> field i
+is the new servers gecos.
+
+Upon receiving the SID command servers must check for a SID collision.  
+Two servers must not be allowed to link to the network with the same SID.  
+If a server detects a SID collision it must drop the link to the directly 
+connected server through which the command was received.
+
+Client and servers which do not have a UID/SID must be introduced by old
+methods.
+
+- SJOIN -
+	:<SID> SJOIN <TS> <CHANNAME> +<CHANMODES> :<UIDS>
+
+This command is used for introducing users to channels.
+
+The <SID> field is the SID of the server introducing users to the channel.
+The <TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels
+current name, <CHANMODES> are the channels current modes.  <UIDS> is a
+space delimited list of clients UIDs to join to the channel.  Each clients
+UID is prefixed with their status on the channel, ie "@UID" for an opped
+user.  Multiple prefixes are allowed, "peons" (clients without a status) are
+not prefixed.
+
+A server receiving an SJOIN must apply normal channel TS rules to the SJOIN.  
+
+A TS6 server must not use the SJOIN command outside of a netburst
+to introduce a single user to an existing channel.  It must instead
+use the "JOIN" command defined in this specification.  A TS6 server must
+still use SJOIN for creating channels.
+
+- JOIN -
+	:<UID> JOIN <TS> <CHANNAME> +
+
+This command is used for introducing one user unopped to an existing channel.
+
+The <UID> field is the UID of the client joining the channel.  The
+<TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels
+current name.
+
+A server receiving a JOIN must apply normal channel TS rules to the JOIN.
+
+No channel modes are sent with the JOIN command.  In previous versions of
+this specification, the "+" parameter contained the channels current modes.
+A server following this version of the specification must not interpret this
+argument and must not propagate any value other than "+" for this parameter.
+
+It should be noted that whilst JOIN would not normally create a 
+channel or lower the timestamp, during specific conditions it can.  This 
+can create a desync that this specification does not rectify.
+
+- BMASK -
+	:<SID> BMASK <TS> <CHANNAME> <TYPE> :<MASKS>
+
+This command is used for bursting channel bans to a network.
+
+The <SID> field is the SID of the server bursting the bans.  The
+<TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels
+name.  <TYPE> is a single character identifying the mode type (ie,
+for a ban 'b').  <MASKS> is a space delimited list of masks of the 
+given mode,limited only in length to the size of the buffer as defined 
+by RFC1459.
+
+A server receiving a BMASK must apply simple channel TS rules to the BMASK.
+
+A TS6 server must translate BMASKs into raw modes for non-TS6 
+capable servers.  This command must be used only after SJOIN has
+been sent for the given channel.
+
+It should be noted however, that a BMASK with a lower TS should
+not be possible without a desync, due to it being sent after
+SJOIN.
+
+- TMODE -
+	:<SID|UID> TMODE <TS> <CHANNAME> <MODESTRING>
+
+This command is used for clients issuing modes on a channel.
+
+<SID|UID> is either the UID of the client setting the mode, or the SID of
+the server setting the mode.  <TS> is the current TS of the channel, 
+<CHANNAME> is the channels name. <MODESTRING> is the raw mode the client is 
+setting.
+
+A server receiving a TMODE must apply simple channel TS rules to the TMODE.
+
+A TS6 server must translate MODEs issued by a local client, or received from
+a server into TMODE to send to other TS6 capable servers.
+

doc/tgchange.txt

@@ -41,3 +41,6 @@ you are messaging that channel or a client within that channel.  The latter
 can be done explicitly using the CNOTICE and CPRIVMSG commands, see
 /quote help cnotice and /quote help cprivmsg, but is also implicit in a
 normal /msg, /notice or /invite.
+
+-- 
+$Id: tgchange.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

extensions/.indent.pro

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+-i8 -bli0 -cs -ut -nsai -nsaw -nsaf -npcs -nprs -l100

extensions/Makefile.am

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include -I$(top_srcdir)/librb/include $(LTDLINCL)
-AM_LDFLAGS  = -module -export-dynamic -avoid-version -no-undefined -shared
-AM_LDFLAGS += -export-symbols-regex _mheader
-LIBS += $(top_srcdir)/ircd/libircd.la
-
-extensiondir=@moduledir@/extensions
-
-extension_LTLIBRARIES =		\
-  chantype_dummy.la		\
-  chm_adminonly.la		\
-  chm_operonly.la		\
-  chm_insecure.la		\
-  chm_nonotice.la		\
-  chm_operpeace.la		\
-  chm_regmsg.la			\
-  chm_sslonly.la		\
-  createauthonly.la		\
-  createoperonly.la		\
-  extb_account.la		\
-  extb_canjoin.la		\
-  extb_channel.la		\
-	extb_guest.la		\
-  extb_hostmask.la		\
-  extb_oper.la			\
-  extb_server.la		\
-  extb_ssl.la			\
-  extb_realname.la		\
-  extb_usermode.la		\
-  extb_extgecos.la		\
-  extb_combi.la			\
-  force_user_invis.la		\
-  helpops.la			\
-  hurt.la			\
-  invite_notify.la		\
-  ip_cloaking.la		\
-  ip_cloaking_old.la		\
-  ip_cloaking_3.0.la		\
-  ip_cloaking_4.0.la		\
-  override.la			\
-  override_kick_immunity.la	\
-  restrict-unauthenticated.la	\
-  sno_channelcreate.la		\
-  sno_farconnect.la		\
-  sno_globalnickchange.la	\
-  sno_globaloper.la		\
-  umode_noctcp.la		\
-  m_adminwall.la		\
-  m_echotags.la			\
-  m_extendchans.la		\
-  m_findforwards.la		\
-  m_identify.la			\
-  m_locops.la			\
-  m_mkpasswd.la			\
-  m_ojoin.la			\
-  m_okick.la			\
-  m_omode.la			\
-  m_opme.la			\
-  m_sendbans.la			\
-  m_shedding.la			\
-  m_webirc.la			\
-  m_remove.la			\
-  hide_uncommon_channels.la	\
-  no_kill_services.la		\
-  no_locops.la			\
-  no_oper_invis.la		\
-  sasl_usercloak.la		\
-  drain.la			\
-  identify_msg.la		\
-  cap_realhost.la		\
-  invex_regonly.la		\
-  umode_hide_idle_time.la	\
-  cap_oper.la			\
-  example_module.la
-
-if HAVE_HYPERSCAN
-    extension_LTLIBRARIES += filter.la
-endif

extensions/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+#
+# Makefile.in for ircd/contrib
+#
+# $Id: Makefile.in 3522 2007-07-06 07:48:28Z nenolod $
+#
+CC		= @CC@
+RM		= @RM@
+SED             = @SED@
+LEX		= @LEX@
+LEXLIB		= @LEXLIB@
+CFLAGS		= @IRC_CFLAGS@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
+PICFLAGS	= @PICFLAGS@
+MKDEP		= @MKDEP@
+INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SUID    = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755
+SHELL		= /bin/sh
+
+prefix          = @prefix@
+exec_prefix     = @exec_prefix@
+libdir          = @libdir@
+pkglibdir       = @pkglibdir@
+moduledir       = @moduledir@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+AUTOMODULEDIR	= $(moduledir)/extensions
+
+SSL_LIBS	= @SSL_LIBS@
+SSL_INCLUDES	= @SSL_INCLUDES@
+
+IRCDLIBS	= @LIBS@ $(SSL_LIBS)
+
+INCLUDES	= -I. -I../include -I../libratbox/include $(SSL_INCLUDES)
+CPPFLAGS	= ${INCLUDES} @CPPFLAGS@
+
+SRCS =                          \
+  chm_adminonly.c		\
+  chm_operonly.c		\
+  chm_operonly_compat.c		\
+  chm_nonotice.c		\
+  chm_quietunreg_compat.c	\
+  chm_sslonly.c			\
+  chm_sslonly_compat.c		\
+  createauthonly.c		\
+  createoperonly.c		\
+  extb_account.c		\
+  extb_canjoin.c		\
+  extb_channel.c		\
+  extb_hostmask.c		\
+  extb_oper.c			\
+  extb_server.c			\
+  extb_ssl.c			\
+  extb_realname.c		\
+  extb_usermode.c		\
+  extb_extgecos.c		\
+  extb_combi.c			\
+  force_user_invis.c		\
+  hurt.c			\
+  ip_cloaking.c			\
+  ip_cloaking_old.c		\
+  ip_cloaking_3.0.c		\
+  ip_cloaking_4.0.c		\
+  override.c			\
+  restrict-unauthenticated.c    \
+  sno_farconnect.c		\
+  sno_globalkline.c		\
+  sno_globaloper.c		\
+  sno_whois.c			\
+  m_42.c			\
+  m_adminwall.c			\
+  m_findforwards.c		\
+  m_identify.c			\
+  m_mkpasswd.c                  \
+  m_ojoin.c			\
+  m_okick.c			\
+  m_omode.c			\
+  m_opme.c			\
+  m_sendbans.c			\
+  m_webirc.c			\
+  m_remove.c			\
+  m_roleplay.c			\
+  hide_uncommon_channels.c	\
+  no_kill_services.c		\
+  no_locops.c			\
+  no_oper_invis.c		\
+  spy_admin_notice.c		\
+  spy_info_notice.c		\
+  spy_links_notice.c		\
+  spy_motd_notice.c		\
+  spy_stats_notice.c            \
+  spy_stats_p_notice.c		\
+  spy_trace_notice.c		\
+  example_module.c
+
+OBJS = ${SRCS:.c=.so}
+
+default:	build
+build: all
+all: $(OBJS)
+
+install: all
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR); then \
+                mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR); \
+        fi
+	@echo "Installing modules into $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR) .."
+	@for file in $(OBJS); do \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR); \
+	done
+
+.SUFFIXES: .so
+
+.c.so:
+	${CC} ${PICFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} $< -o $@
+
+.PHONY: depend clean distclean
+depend:
+	@${MKDEP} ${CPPFLAGS} ${SRCS} > .depend
+	@sed s/\\\.o/\\\.so/ < .depend > .depend.tmp
+	@sed -e '/^# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' <Makefile >Makefile.depend
+	@echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE!!!' >>Makefile.depend
+	@echo '# make depend needs it.' >>Makefile.depend
+	@cat .depend.tmp >>Makefile.depend
+	@mv Makefile.depend Makefile
+	@rm -f .depend.tmp .depend
+
+clean:
+	${RM} -f *.so *~ 
+
+distclean: clean
+	${RM} -f Makefile
+

extensions/README

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
-This directory contains extensions (modules) to solanum ircd that
+$Id: README 1622 2006-06-04 03:01:05Z beu $
+
+This directory contains extensions (modules) to charybdis ircd that
 have been contributed by other people, or written by our development
-team.
+team.  Unsupported extensions live under unsupported/.
 
 
 Modules
@@ -11,6 +13,9 @@ createauthonly.c - Only allow authenticated (identified) users to create
 
 ip_cloaking.c  - Cloak (spoof) the host for users that have umode +h.
 
+m_42.c         - The Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything.
+                 Syntax: 42
+
 m_adminwall.c  - Sends a message to all admins network-wide (umode +a)
                  Syntax: ADMINWALL :<message>
 
@@ -79,7 +84,6 @@ extb_account.so  - Account bans (+b $a[:mask])
 extb_canjoin.so  - Banned from another channel (+b $j:mask)
 extb_channel.so  - Other-channel bans (+b $c:mask)
 extb_extgecos.so - Extended ban (+b $x:mask)
-extb_guest.so    - Unidentified bans (+b $g:mask)
 extb_oper.so     - Oper bans (+b $o)
 extb_realname.so - Realname (gecos) bans (+b $r:mask)
 extb_server.so   - Server bans (+b $s:mask)

extensions/cap_oper.c

@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  Copyright (C) 2021 David Schultz <me@zpld.me>
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- *  (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307
- *  USA
- */
-
-#include <stdinc.h>
-#include <modules.h>
-#include <capability.h>
-#include <s_conf.h>
-#include <s_serv.h>
-#include <s_newconf.h>
-#include <client.h>
-#include <msgbuf.h>
-
-static char cap_oper_desc[] = "Provides the solanum.chat/oper capability";
-
-static bool cap_oper_oper_visible(struct Client *);
-static void cap_oper_outbound_msgbuf(void *);
-static void cap_oper_umode_changed(void *);
-static void cap_oper_cap_change(void *);
-
-static unsigned CLICAP_OPER;
-static unsigned CLICAP_OPER_AUSPEX;
-static unsigned CLICAP_OPER_JUSTOPER;
-static unsigned CLICAP_OPER_NORMAL;
-
-static struct ClientCapability capdata_oper_oper = {
-	.visible = cap_oper_oper_visible,
-};
-
-mapi_cap_list_av2 cap_oper_caps[] = {
-	{ MAPI_CAP_CLIENT, "solanum.chat/oper", NULL, &CLICAP_OPER },
-	{ MAPI_CAP_CLIENT, "?oper_auspex", &capdata_oper_oper, &CLICAP_OPER_AUSPEX },
-	{ MAPI_CAP_CLIENT, "?oper_justoper", &capdata_oper_oper, &CLICAP_OPER_JUSTOPER },
-	{ MAPI_CAP_CLIENT, "?oper_normal", &capdata_oper_oper, &CLICAP_OPER_NORMAL },
-	{ 0, NULL, NULL, NULL },
-};
-
-mapi_hfn_list_av1 cap_oper_hfnlist[] = {
-	{ "outbound_msgbuf", cap_oper_outbound_msgbuf, HOOK_NORMAL },
-	{ "umode_changed", cap_oper_umode_changed, HOOK_MONITOR },
-	{ "cap_change", cap_oper_cap_change, HOOK_MONITOR },
-	{ NULL, NULL, 0 },
-};
-
-static bool
-cap_oper_oper_visible(struct Client *client)
-{
-	return false;
-}
-
-static void
-cap_oper_outbound_msgbuf(void *data_)
-{
-	hook_data *data = data_;
-	struct MsgBuf *msgbuf = data->arg1;
-
-	if (data->client == NULL || !IsPerson(data->client))
-		return;
-
-	if (IsOper(data->client))
-	{
-		/* send all oper data to auspex */
-		msgbuf_append_tag(msgbuf, "solanum.chat/oper", data->client->user->opername, CLICAP_OPER_AUSPEX);
-		if (HasPrivilege(data->client, "oper:hidden") || ConfigFileEntry.hide_opers)
-			/* these people aren't allowed to see hidden opers */
-			return;
-		msgbuf_append_tag(msgbuf, "solanum.chat/oper", data->client->user->opername, CLICAP_OPER_JUSTOPER);
-		msgbuf_append_tag(msgbuf, "solanum.chat/oper", NULL, CLICAP_OPER_NORMAL);
-	}
-}
-
-static inline void
-update_clicap_oper(struct Client *client)
-{
-	/* clear out old caps */
-	client->localClient->caps &= ~CLICAP_OPER_AUSPEX;
-	client->localClient->caps &= ~CLICAP_OPER_JUSTOPER;
-	client->localClient->caps &= ~CLICAP_OPER_NORMAL;
-
-	if (client->localClient->caps & CLICAP_OPER && HasPrivilege(client, "auspex:oper"))
-	{
-		/* if the client is an oper with auspex, let them see everything */
-		client->localClient->caps |= CLICAP_OPER_AUSPEX;
-	}
-	else if (client->localClient->caps & CLICAP_OPER && IsOper(client))
-	{
-		/* if the client is an oper, let them see other opers */
-		client->localClient->caps |= CLICAP_OPER_JUSTOPER;
-	}
-	else if (client->localClient->caps & CLICAP_OPER)
-	{
-		/* if the client is a normal user, let them see opers
-		   provided that server wide oper hiding is not enabled */
-		client->localClient->caps |= CLICAP_OPER_NORMAL;
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-cap_oper_umode_changed(void *data_)
-{
-	hook_data_umode_changed *data = data_;
-
-	if (!MyClient(data->client))
-		return;
-
-	update_clicap_oper(data->client);
-}
-
-static void
-cap_oper_cap_change(void *data_)
-{
-	hook_data_cap_change *data = data_;
-
-	update_clicap_oper(data->client);
-}
-
-static int
-modinit(void)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head)
-	{
-		struct Client *client = ptr->data;
-
-		update_clicap_oper(client);
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-DECLARE_MODULE_AV2(cap_oper, modinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, cap_oper_hfnlist, cap_oper_caps, NULL, cap_oper_desc);

extensions/cap_realhost.c

@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  Copyright (C) 2020 Ed Kellett
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- *  (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307
- *  USA
- */
-
-#include <stdinc.h>
-#include <modules.h>
-#include <capability.h>
-#include <s_serv.h>
-#include <s_newconf.h>
-#include <client.h>
-#include <msgbuf.h>
-
-static char cap_realhost_desc[] = "Provides the solanum.chat/realhost oper-only capability";
-
-static bool cap_oper_realhost_visible(struct Client *);
-static void cap_realhost_outbound_msgbuf(void *);
-static void cap_realhost_umode_changed(void *);
-static void cap_realhost_cap_change(void *);
-
-static unsigned CLICAP_REALHOST;
-static unsigned CLICAP_OPER_REALHOST;
-
-static struct ClientCapability capdata_oper_realhost = {
-	.visible = cap_oper_realhost_visible,
-};
-
-mapi_cap_list_av2 cap_realhost_caps[] = {
-	{ MAPI_CAP_CLIENT, "solanum.chat/realhost", NULL, &CLICAP_REALHOST },
-	{ MAPI_CAP_CLIENT, "?oper_realhost", &capdata_oper_realhost, &CLICAP_OPER_REALHOST },
-	{ 0, NULL, NULL, NULL },
-};
-
-mapi_hfn_list_av1 cap_realhost_hfnlist[] = {
-	{ "outbound_msgbuf", cap_realhost_outbound_msgbuf, HOOK_NORMAL },
-	{ "umode_changed", cap_realhost_umode_changed, HOOK_MONITOR },
-	{ "cap_change", cap_realhost_cap_change, HOOK_MONITOR },
-	{ NULL, NULL, 0 },
-};
-
-static bool
-cap_oper_realhost_visible(struct Client *client)
-{
-	return false;
-}
-
-static void
-cap_realhost_outbound_msgbuf(void *data_)
-{
-	hook_data *data = data_;
-	struct MsgBuf *msgbuf = data->arg1;
-
-	if (data->client == NULL || !IsPerson(data->client))
-		return;
-
-	if (!IsIPSpoof(data->client) && !EmptyString(data->client->sockhost) && strcmp(data->client->sockhost, "0"))
-	{
-		msgbuf_append_tag(msgbuf, "solanum.chat/ip", data->client->sockhost,
-				IsDynSpoof(data->client) ? CLICAP_OPER_REALHOST : CLICAP_REALHOST);
-	}
-
-	if (!EmptyString(data->client->orighost))
-		msgbuf_append_tag(msgbuf, "solanum.chat/realhost", data->client->orighost, CLICAP_OPER_REALHOST);
-}
-
-static inline void
-update_clicap_oper_realhost(struct Client *client)
-{
-	client->localClient->caps &= ~CLICAP_OPER_REALHOST;
-	if (client->localClient->caps & CLICAP_REALHOST && HasPrivilege(client, "auspex:hostname"))
-	{
-		client->localClient->caps |= CLICAP_OPER_REALHOST;
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-cap_realhost_umode_changed(void *data_)
-{
-	hook_data_umode_changed *data = data_;
-
-	if (!MyClient(data->client))
-		return;
-
-	update_clicap_oper_realhost(data->client);
-}
-
-static void
-cap_realhost_cap_change(void *data_)
-{
-	hook_data_cap_change *data = data_;
-
-	update_clicap_oper_realhost(data->client);
-}
-
-static int
-modinit(void)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head)
-	{
-		struct Client *client = ptr->data;
-
-		update_clicap_oper_realhost(client);
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-DECLARE_MODULE_AV2(cap_realhost, modinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, cap_realhost_hfnlist, cap_realhost_caps, NULL, cap_realhost_desc);

extensions/chantype_dummy.c

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* dummy channel type (>): just a global channel type */
-
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "modules.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "ircd.h"
-#include "supported.h"
-
-static const char chantype_desc[] = "Secondary global channel type (>)";
-
-static int _modinit(void);
-static void _moddeinit(void);
-
-DECLARE_MODULE_AV2(chantype_dummy, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, chantype_desc);
-
-static int
-_modinit(void)
-{
-	CharAttrs['>'] |= CHANPFX_C;
-	chantypes_update();
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-_moddeinit(void)
-{
-	CharAttrs['>'] &= ~CHANPFX_C;
-	chantypes_update();
-}

extensions/chm_adminonly.c

@@ -10,13 +10,10 @@
 #include "numeric.h"
 #include "chmode.h"
 
-static const char chm_adminonly_desc[] =
-	"Enables channel mode +A that blocks non-admins from joining a channel";
-
-static void h_can_join(void *);
+static void h_can_join(hook_data_channel *);
 
 mapi_hfn_list_av1 adminonly_hfnlist[] = {
-	{ "can_join", h_can_join },
+	{ "can_join", (hookfn) h_can_join },
 	{ NULL, NULL }
 };
 
@@ -38,12 +35,11 @@ _moddeinit(void)
 	cflag_orphan('A');
 }
 
-DECLARE_MODULE_AV2(chm_adminonly, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, adminonly_hfnlist, NULL, NULL, chm_adminonly_desc);
+DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(chm_adminonly, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, adminonly_hfnlist, "$Revision$");
 
 static void
-h_can_join(void *data_)
+h_can_join(hook_data_channel *data)
 {
-	hook_data_channel *data = data_;
 	struct Client *source_p = data->client;
 	struct Channel *chptr = data->chptr;